reSee.it - Tweets Saved By @redpillb0t
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
TARTARIA EXPLAINED A deep dive that covers the CIA Russia conspiracy of classified CIA documents that prove Tartaria was a real place, which had its history falsified and concealed. https://t.co/PsguZAlTqz
Video Transcript AI Summary
The transcript claims a classified CIA document titled *National Cultural Development Under Communism* (first published June 1957, immediately classified, approved for release 08/24/1999) explicitly mentions “Tartaria,” and uses the document to argue that Soviet communist authorities interfered with Muslim and minority cultural life, including through suppression of religion, confiscation of mosques and literature, and rewriting history.
The document is presented as beginning with a Bolshevik proclamation dated 12/07/1917 promising Muslims of Russia—Tatars, Tatars and related groups in Volga, Crimea, Siberia, Turkestan, Transcaucasia, Chechens, mountain peoples, and those whose mosques and prayer houses were destroyed—that beliefs and customs and national and cultural institutions would be “forever free and inviolate,” and that they should organize national life in complete freedom. The transcript states Lenin and Stalin promised equality, sovereignty, self-determination (including secession), abolition of national and national religious privileges, and freedom of development for national minorities and ethnographic groups, followed by Soviet suppression contradicting those promises.
The transcript then details a sequence of repressive measures attributed to communists in the Muslim regions of Russia: confiscation of mosque lands (1918); outlawing Muslim religious brotherhoods (1921–1922); ridicule of Islam and undermining spiritual leaders; making Islamic religious life “virtually impossible” (1929); elimination of Islamic leadership via arrest and deportation (and “liquidation”); closing nearly all village and most city mosques; suppressing religious literature through alphabet changes, confiscation of religious texts including the Quran, and suppression of religious publications; dismissal of pious practicing Muslims from responsible positions. It cites a decline in the number of mosques admitted by Soviet authorities: from 7,000 mosques in European Russia alone at the time of 1917, to 1,312 mosques in the whole Soviet Union by 1942, with examples including Tashkent (from 300 to 20), Samarkand (from over 100 to 17, with only one usable), Bukhara (from 360 to one), and Al Maratha (no mosques remaining). It also states communist authorities condemned publication of Muslim literary works except those extolling Russian and Russians.
The transcript returns to cultural heritage, arguing that communist interference extended to history. It describes a specific directive dated 08/09/1944 by the Central Committee of the Communist Party, instructing the Tatar provincial committee to conduct a “scientific revision” of Tartaria/Tatar history to eliminate “shortcomings and mistakes” of a nationalistic character by writers and historians, in order to remove references to “great Russian aggressions” and hide the “real course” of Tatar-Russian relations. It further claims historians in Muslim areas of the USSR rewrote history at party orders to portray Russians favorably, and that truthful histories were withdrawn and destroyed to deny Muslims and Tatars access to genuine accounts of the past. The transcript emphasizes that the CIA document’s inclusion of “Tartaria” in the 1950s is presented as important.
In addition to the CIA-document discussion, the transcript shifts to historical geography research using early modern books and maps. It describes a “compendium of geography” released in 1691 by Lawrence Ecard and an additional world description (1715) with similar geography, suggesting they copied from shared sources while showing minor coordinate differences. The transcript quotes from the 1690/1691 geography text portraying “Tartary” as the “greatest country in the world,” lying east of Russia and north of Persia, India, and China, bounded by longitudes 83rd to 180th degree and latitudes 39th to 72nd degree, with an asserted length of about 4,000 miles and breadth about 2,000 miles. It states Tartary had ancient provinces (Scythia, Sake, Sogdania, and part of Cimatia Asiatica, plus some Old Persia) and had remained unconquered until “Anno eleven sixty two,” when the Tatars and “obscure people” overran it and elected a monarchy, with “a good part” later “fallen away.”
The transcript discusses claims that Tartary is related to Mongol rule and uses the name “great sham of Tartary” as associated with China, asserting the emperor is “also the famous country of China.” It further claims that “Shambalu” (presented as the imperial seat) is not Peking/Beijing, proposing that commonly asserted identifications are mistaken. It argues using references to “Kambalu,” “Khanbaliq,” and “Kambaluk,” and compares placement with the Great Wall, claiming Kambalu is north of the Great Wall and that “Beijing/Peking” is south of it.
To support its geographic argument, the transcript quotes from a printed book (1679) attributed to Tamerlane’s historian, describing a conflict involving Calyx and the city of Kambalu/Kambaluk/Kumbalu, and then describes an invasion of China beginning with references to “Liyotom and Pekin,” using repeated references to wall-crossing as evidence that “Kambalu” and “Pekin/Beijing” are presented as distinct. It maintains that if the same locations were involved, the narrative of crossing the wall and the sequence of revolt and conquest would not align. It then discusses plotting the claimed Tartary coordinates on maps and connects coordinate ranges to areas where Russian expansion and treaties (e.g., Treaty of Natchinsk) are said to have affected Tartaria’s location, arguing that exact location around the time of the document is “debatable.”
The transcript develops further geographic assertions about “Cathay” versus “Manji,” stating that Cathay is north of the Great Wall and Manji is south of it. It references multiple maps (including those from 1689 and 1570) to claim “Cathay” corresponds to areas beyond the Great Wall and that Kambalu is located in Cathay. It describes river names and regions (including references to Obi and other rivers/lakes difficult to locate today), and it ties these claims to how Tamerlane is said to move to Cathay and then “jump the wall” into China.
It then moves into “American Tartary” discussions. Using references from 1652 and other materials (including Uzziah Priest and later authors), it argues that some 17th–19th century sources used the phrase “American Tartary” (or “an American Tartary”) to describe areas in North America that resemble “Asiatic/Tartary.” It addresses claims that one map (1652) suggests Tartary-controlled North America by matching coloration but argues it does not indicate full continental control. The transcript then expands into multiple “lost city” and “gold” narratives (e.g., Quivera/Quivera stories tied to Coronado, and alleged connections to “King Tartarax”), also citing an 1851/1830s style literature tradition that portrays indigenous peoples as having Tatar/Scythian origins or characteristics. The transcript repeatedly states that learned people in the 1700s–1800s believed connections between Tatars/Scythians and indigenous North American peoples, tying this to Bering Strait crossing theories and various scholarly arguments.
Later, the transcript returns to Greenland and ice. It begins with claims that satellite imagery appears to show Greenland as “completely” covered in ice, and discusses an asserted ice-free history: it states beryllium-10/aluminum-26 dating suggests Greenland bedrock was exposed for more than 280,000 years until about 1,100,000 years ago, and it summarizes claims of long-term ice-sheet coverage “for the last eighteen million years,” with periods of reduction. It argues that if Greenland’s ice disappeared, it would most likely appear as an archipelago due to bedrock depression under ice weight. The transcript connects this to references in older literature (e.g., Burton’s *Anatomy of Melancholy*) describing Greenland as frozen for “half the year,” and it discusses old maps showing possible passages or canals through Greenland. It claims forums and maps (including ones from 1747/1592 and later) suggest a central passage “formerly passable” but later choked with ice. It mentions a 1888 expedition by Friedrich Nansen and notes that Nansen’s planned route aligned with the location of the alleged canal.
The transcript concludes by stating that its Greenland and canal information is attributed to external forums, and frames the central question as whether there could have been ancient ruins or a once-passable Greenland corridor, then transitions back to broader Tartaria/indigenous-origin discussions and ends.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: In the mid nineteen hundreds, deep within the archives of the American Central Intelligence Agency, known worldwide as the CIA, lay hidden a classified document which mentions a country whose name has become but a myth. The mere mention of Tartaria invites a kaleidoscope of perspectives. Some theorists suggest a civilization harnessing free energy, a secret guarded by the hands of power, a realm where ancient Tartarians harnessed boundless energy concealed from the world for generations. Yet skepticism still echoes: free energy from a lost civilization, a fantastical conspiracy, or a concealed truth. For some, Tartaria remains elusive, a phantom civilization absent from historical records.
But what if Tartaria transcends myth? Some propose it as the medieval name for the Mongol Empire, a reinterpretation that adds a new layer to our understanding of a bygone era, challenging the annals of history and accepted academia. However, one thing can be certain. Tartaria was clearly mentioned in this CIA document. This document, titled National Cultural Development Under Communism, was first published in June 1957 and was immediately classified.
It was approved for release on the 08/24/1999. It starts with a proclamation issued on the 12/07/1917 by the Bolsheviks. It reads: Muslims of Russia, Tatars of the Volga and the Crimea, Khirjis and Sartes of Siberia and Turkestan, Turks and Tatars of Transcaucasia, Chechens and mountain peoples of the Caucasus, and all you whose mosques and prayer houses have been destroyed, whose beliefs and customs have been trampled upon by the tsars and the oppressors of Russia. Henceforth, your beliefs and customs, your national and cultural institutions are forever free and inviolate. Organize your national life in complete freedom.
This is your right. The Bolsheviks had realized that if their revolution was to be a complete success and if they were to be able to consolidate their newly won power, the support of Russia's minority peoples, including the Muslims, was essential. As well as this, Lenin and Stalin promised equality and sovereignty of all nations of Russia, the right of nations to free self determination, including the right to secede and form independent states, abolition of all national and national religious privileges and restrictions whatsoever, and freedom of development for national minorities and ethnographic groups inhabiting the territory of Russia. Unfortunately, for the many peoples of Russia, they had no idea just how little the Bolshevik promises actually meant. This document further alludes to the many ways in which the communists then suppressed the Muslims and other minorities and minority religious groups within Russia.
The history of the communists during the forty years they have been in power in the Soviet Union shows that self determination has not been the only subject on which they've betrayed both their promises and their alleged doctrine. In the Muslim regions of Russia, Islam was the half stone around which the life of its devotees revolved or rather did revolve until the communists violated their promises and made it impossible for Muslims to perform their religious duties. As we've seen, the November 1917 proclamation promised Muslims that they would be free to continue in practice of their faith. A decree on the separation of church from state issued on the 02/05/1918 declared in Article three that every citizen may profess any religion or none, in Article five that free practice of religious rights is guaranteed, and in Article nine that citizens may teach and study religion privately. Once the communists had consolidated their power, they began to reveal their true nature, to violate their earlier promises, and to take repressive acts.
Lands belonging to mosques were confiscated by a decree in 1918. Muslim religious brotherhoods were outlawed during the period 1921 to 1922, and a campaign was launched to ridicule Islam and to undermine the influence of the spiritual leaders of the Muslim people. In 1929, measures were enacted that made the active religious life of Islamic worshipers virtually impossible. Islamic leadership was eliminated by the arrest and deportation, if not liquidation, of almost all persons enjoying any religious status. Nearly all village and most city mosques were closed.
Religious literature was suppressed through the changing of alphabets, the confiscation of existing religious texts, including the Quran, and the suppression of all publications of a religious nature, and anyone in a responsible position was dismissed if known to be a pious and practicing Muslim. Muslims were to be free to practice their beliefs and customs. That was the Bolshevik promise. In 1917, when the communists came to power, there were 7,000 mosques in European Russia alone in addition to the unnumbered thousands in Muslim Central Asia, The Caucasus, and Transcaucasia, as well as the Crimea. But in 1942, the communists themselves admitted that there were then only 1,312 mosques in the whole of the Soviet Union.
The others had been confiscated and converted into warehouses or stores or otherwise desecrated or allowed to fall into ruin. In Tashkent, for example, where once 300 mosques graced the city before the communists came to power, there were only 20 left. Samarkand, which formerly had over 100 and was the seat of Tamilane's Tartarian empire, had only 17 left, of which only one was permitted to be used. Bukhara, an independent Tatarian city which once boasted of 360 mosques, was also reduced to just one. Al Maratha, a Muslim town for centuries and the capital of the Muslim Republic Of Kazakhstan, had not left one single mosque, nor any to be found in large Muslim centers such as Krasnovoce, Ashkabad, or Stalinobad.
The fact was that the communists condemned and therefore prevented the publication of all Muslim literary works except those few which extol the virtues of Russia and the Russians. The document then goes on to mention Tartaria or let us take the matter of history, which along with religion, language, and literature constitute the core of a people's cultural heritage. Here again, the communists have interfered in a shameless manner. For example, on the 08/09/1944, the Central Committee of the Communist Party sitting in Moscow issued a directive ordering the party's Tatar provincial committee to proceed to a scientific revision of the history of Tartaria to liquidate Syria's shortcomings and mistakes of a nationalistic character committed by individual writers and historians in dealing with Tatar history. In other words, Tatar history was to be rewritten, let us be frank, was to be falsified, in order to eliminate references to great Russian aggressions and to hide the facts of the real course of Tatar Russian relations.
And this was no isolated case. In every Muslim area within The USSR, historians, on orders of the Communist Party, have rewritten history to distort the facts so that the Russians appear always in a good light. Needless to say, histories which present the facts truthfully have been withdrawn and destroyed so that the present and future generations of Muslims are forever denied the chance of learning the true facts of their nation's past. So in this document, the writer discussing historical events has expressed concern about the interference of communists, particularly the communist party in The USSR, in shaping the narrative of history. The writer cites a specific instance in 1944 when the communist party directed a revision of Tatarian history to eliminate references to Russian aggression, suggesting a deliberate falsification of historical facts.
The writer contends that this manipulation of history extends beyond Tartaria to all Muslim areas within The USSR with the intent to portray Russians favorably. Additionally, the writer notes that truthful historical accounts have been withdrawn and destroyed, preventing present and future generations of Muslims and Tatars alike from learning the genuine facts about their nation's past. It is also extremely important to note how vital such a document like this is to be naming Tartaria as a country in the nineteen fifties. The speaker highlights a pattern of interference by the communist party and the Russians in shaping the historical narrative, particularly in Muslim and Tatar areas within The USSR. The directive to revise Tatarian history and eliminate references to Russian aggression suggests a deliberate effort to manipulate historical facts.
The broader assertion is that this trend extends beyond Tartaria with historians rewriting history to portray Russians in a positive manner. This document emphasizes the removal and destruction of truthful historical accounts denying present and future generations the opportunity to learn the genuine facts about our world's history. As we reflect on these concerns, it raises questions about the impact of such historical manipulation on cultural heritage and the understanding of complex relationships between different communities. The deliberate alteration of historical narrative poses challenges to the pursuit of truth and the preservation of diverse cultural identities. This message underscores the importance of critical examination and preservation of authentic historical records to ensure a comprehensive understanding of the past for generations to come.
So this book that we're gonna be having a look at, a most complete compendium of geography, it was released by Lawrence Ecard in 1691. This original from the, British library. So this book in itself contains a lot of information that you can find elsewhere. There are other documents that have, exactly the same stuff. This is an example of that from 1715, a new description of the world delineating Europe, Africa, Asia, and America.
And there's many more. So I just searched for one of the words, which is another word for Uzbekah Zagate, and you can find all these different books that have references to exactly the same geography stuff. So they've all copied from the same sources. They do have slight differences. So an example would be from this one.
We'll see that it talks about the eighty fifth degree. And if we come over to this book here, the one that we're gonna be reading from, it says the eighty third and a hundred and eightieth degree, whereas the other one was eighty fifth and a hundred and eighty second. Eighty fifth and a hundred and eighty second. Between the same last year, thirty ninth and seventy second. But, we're gonna be talking about this, so you can check these documents out for yourself to see what you think.
But we're gonna be going over this first document. Just gonna be seeing what it's saying, having a look on the map where that would be. So Tartary is the greatest country in the world, lying on the East Of Russia and the North Of Persia, India, and China. Situated between the eighty third and the hundred and eightieth degree of longitude and between the thirty ninth and seventy second degree of latitude, being in length from the borders of Astrakhan to the eastern parts of Cathay, about 4,000 miles, and the breadth from the southern parts of Morenohra, which is Zagate or Uzbek, to the most northern parts of Tartaria Deserta, which is essentially the name for Siberia, which is about 2,000 miles. This contains the ancient provinces of Scythia, Sake, Sogdania, and the greatest part of Cimatia, Asiatica, with a little of Old Persia.
It has remained unconquered under several governments until Anno eleven sixty two. The Tatars and obscure people overran this country and elected a monarchy, which still remains. But a good part of it has fallen away. So, again, this document was written in 1690. So in 1690, the Tatars still have their monarchy in Tartary, but most of it has fallen away.
So that makes sense because in our other videos, we've gone over the Russian or Muscovite conquest of the Tartaria areas. The emperor is called the great sham of Tartary, who is also the famous country of China. So it's saying that the Tatars own China in 1691. That would make sense. We know the Tatars retook China in the 1600.
1644, they officially became the rulers with the Qing dynasty. The Ming dynasty beforehand were having issues. There was a peasant's revolt in Beijing. And at that point, the Mings asked the kings or the Qings to come and assist them, and that's when the the Qing dynasty moved in. So going back to the document, the emperor is called the great sham of Tartary, who has also the famous country of China.
Some part of it is under the Russians. The rest, under several independent princes. The imperial seat is at Shambalu as it is supposed. So this is important because Shambalu, we're gonna have a look as a lot of references to it being Peking, but it's not Peking. It's a different city.
We'll see some references for that just to prove that point. But we've got other videos about this, but the official line is that Shambalu is Beijing or Peking. A quick Google search will show you that Cambalu is Kanbaliq or Dandu Of Wan, which was the winter capital of the Wan dynasty in now Beijing, the capital of China. You see Kambalu, an alternative form of Kambaluk comes from Marco Polo's travels. But it's not just Marco Polo's other people that talk about it.
They Marco Polo's the one they like to reference the most, and he apparently visited Khanbaliq, which in East Turkish means city of the Khan, which as we saw is supposedly Khanbaliq in Beijing. We can easily disprove this one. All we have to do is have a look where Beijing is. We can see Beijing right here is behind the Great Wall Of China. So this is where Beijing is, and Beijing was apparently conquered by Kublai Khan, and he supposedly called it Kambaluk, which was its name forever afterwards.
However, if we come to this book called the history of Tamilane the great taken out of Alicent, the emperor's historian. So this is by his historian himself. This book was, printed in 1679. It seems to have been translated original documents probably around the sixteen hundreds. And Timur is from 1336 to fourteen o five.
So we can see from this book, just from the table of contents, some of the things that Tamilane does. He has a war with the Muscovites, has a war against the king of China. But before he can have a war against the king of China, he is stopped by the revolt of a Calyx, a great lord of Tartary. So this is before he goes against the king of China. And here it talks on page 35.
Calyx had been with his army of 100,000 men before the great and proud city of Kambalu, the metropolis of the province of Kattay. The inhabitants had opened their gates and received him with as much joy as if he had been their lawful sovereign. However, Tamerlane, who comes from Zagate or Chagate, which is to the west, he comes and he fights Calyx and he takes Kumbalu. And this book talks more about it. You can see 14 mentions of Kumbalu.
And this is before he invades China. So let's have a look at the invasion of China. And as soon as it begins, it says the provinces of Liyotom and of Pekin, Pekin of course is Beijing, which the Chinese's had taken from the Tartarians were the causes of that anger and displeasure which they could not dissemble. So, of course, Pekin had been taken from them in the terms of Kublai Khan had taken it himself or built it himself as Khanbaliq, not Kambulu. These are different places.
He built Khanbaliq, but the Chinese had taken it back with the the Ming dynasty, and Tamilane was trying to reestablish the the one dynasty, the Tatars, which the Chinese's had taken from the Tartarians were the causes of that anger and displeasure, which they could not disassemble. They found themselves by this means and by a prodigious wall of a vast length built in the passage of the mountains, deprived of the benefit of that prey which they were want to make in that kingdom by their frequent inroads. So it's talking about the Great Wall Of China, Peking, Beijing in the Great Wall Of China. So a simple deduction. How did Tamerlane manage to capture Kambaluk or Kambalu from Calyxt to then move south across the wall to then capture Kambalu again, if it's Pekin, if it's Beijing.
If this is right, if the claims that Wikipedia made or the official narrative makes an example is here. You can see that from the travels of Marco Polo on this Khan Academy, when they they quote this point in this city of Cambaloo, another spelling for Khan Balik. You'll find this in all the old books as well. They've not the originals obviously, but in the the more recent translations, it'll say down below, Campbelloo is just Khanbaliq. It just means Beijing.
So if we come to the third chapter, the one before this, where it talks about Calyxt, you can see there are two mentions of a wall. However, those mentions of the wall, when Tamerlane had privately made mentions for preparations for an expedition that he promised his uncle, the uncle being the emperor, he'd promised this expedition. So, basically, Tamerlane says to his uncle that he's gonna go and attack China. The king of this large country who's named the offspring of the sun expected no such matter. And you see, when talking of China, these lands are lying beyond a river called Taqi and beyond that famous wall which bound both empires in which the king of China built to secure himself and his people from the Tartarians.
The next mention of the wall, nevertheless, he was willing that Calyxt should believe that he was passed beyond the mountains to assault the famous wall defended by all the armies of the Chineses. So it's saying, Tamerlane wanted Calyxt to believe that he was going he was already beyond the mountains and he was attacking the Chinese at the wall. He's talking about the Chinese at the wall right here. If Calyxt was at Kambalu, which is the metropolis of the province of Cathay, if Alex is at Kambalu, how the hell is Kambalu also peaking? Because Tamerlane hasn't even gone there yet, and they talk about the wall.
The only mentions of the the wall it's pretty easy to understand. But so I hope I've explained it decently well. But just have a look. If this is Beijing, alright, and we're somewhere outside Beijing, and they're telling us that Beijing is Kambalu. It's the same place.
So this Tartarian king is apparently living in Beijing in exactly the same place as the emperor of China. No problems. They're not arguing or anything. They apparently both live in the same city and don't understand it. So Tamilane wants to cross this wall to take over Beijing.
And on the way to take over Beijing, somebody revolts. Now history is trying to tell us that Beijing and Kambalu are the same place. So Kambalik and Kambalu are the same place. That's what they're trying to say. So with that in mind, Tamerlane is on his way to attack Beijing.
When he gets a revolt. He gets word that Calyx has revolted and has taken Kambalu. So isn't that Beijing? So surely he's just heard that Calyx has taken Kambalu. So he then goes and he goes, right.
We're not attacking Beijing anymore. We're gonna go and attack Kumbalo, which is Beijing, apparently. So then he goes and attacks Kumbalo, beats Kalix at Kumbalo, which is Beijing, and then he leaves Beijing going, good job, lads. Now let's go attack Beijing. It doesn't make sense, does it?
And then in the very next chapter, he mentions the wall 33 times because he's coming over the fucking wall. That's why he's mentioned it 33 times because he's gotta get over the wall. The page is dedicated to how they get around the wall. On page 60, it says, as he was nearest to the enemy, he had an opportunity to discover in what places the wall that stopped the Tartarian inroads might be assaulted. So on page 60, he's talking about what places on this wall he would be able to attack to get through.
They found a local prince who, who took liking to them, and he betrayed the Chinese and divulged a secret passage that he knew that led into China. And it was easy to go in and surprise the soldiers that were guarding the wall. So, again, why would he have to do this if he's already taken Kambalu? That doesn't make sense. None of that makes sense.
So I've just spent quite a while on this because I need to hammer home that Kambalu and Beijing are not the same place, and and this is obvious. This is obvious that they're not the same place. You'd have to be a moron to think they're the same place because all the mentions of the wall are when he attacks Pekin. We saw him mention Pekin up here. Lyotum and of Pekin.
So why is he calling it Pekin if it's also Kambalu? Why is he confused? Why doesn't he realize that Calix is already at this place? Why doesn't he realize that he's had to cross a wall? Why is he worried about attacking the same wall if he's already crossed it so easily?
He crossed it so easily, apparently, he didn't even notice the first time. That doesn't make sense. So Kambalu and Khanbaliq are two very different places. Khanbaliq is Beijing. Yes.
As in Khanbaliq. Kambalu, that's a different place entirely. On page a 108, all things having been thus ordered, the army took the way to Kambarlu. But before they began to march, the prince sent to the emperor, his uncle, to inform him of his happy successes and return. So he's returning to Kumbalu.
The army and their return homewards carried with them all their sick people. And after two days march, they met with the new recruits that were coming to assist them. The prince ordered them to proceed on no further but to return home towards Kambalu, whither he intended to go and meet with the emperor who'd intended to see him there and give him a triumphing reception. So the the emperor, who is Tamilane's uncle, is meeting him at Kambalu. So and he's saying, return home towards Kambalu.
Go back. Go to Kambalu. Don't worry. We're leaving China. We're going home.
We're gonna go see the emperor in Kambalu. So, again, how can Kambalu and Pekin be the same place? They're not. That's where history is lying. They've made a very big effort.
I don't know who exactly, whether it was the Chinese, whether it's the Jesuits, the Russians, but they've made a very big effort to lie about the location of Kambalu because it was definitely North of the Wall Of China. Because if it was South of the Wall Of China, then it wouldn't make sense. If Kambalu was South of the Wall Of China, then Tamalei never would have had to bother with getting over the wall. All of this stuff about the wall would be nonsense. It just wouldn't make sense.
And there's many references to China being behind the wall to to defend against the Tartarians. So why would Tartarians be behind the wall? It none of that makes sense. So the document provided us some some information, the eighty third to a hundred and eightieth degree longitude, thirty nine to seventy two lat, and also 4,002 miles going up and down. We're gonna have a look at that on Google Maps to plot that for you.
So we get this box if we tap up the coordinates. As you can see here, this is, you know, one of the coordinates there. The reason that's out in the ocean is because, obviously, north to south, they're trying to get every bit in. But they did a very good job when you consider 1690. They got the this is the top one here.
That will be the one in the ocean. This one here, down in the middle of the desert. And, obviously, it goes all the way up to the northern border. So these are the coordinates that were given in that book, and this is the area that it says is Tartary. It says that it's on the East Of Russia, so, obviously, Russia over here, but this is where it does get a little bit confusing because Russia was owning big chunks of this at this point, and they were moving in this way.
And as well, by 1690, the Russians had conquered all the way up to here. So 1690, the Russians had actually conquered all of this. So Tartaria and its exact location around about the time of this, of this document is very debatable. Because in '16 in 1689, we had the treaty of Nachinsk, which saw Russia take all the land up to this this border here, which was the the Amur River, and they got everything on this side. And the the Tatars, the Qing dynasty, they were in here.
So that gives us more evidence that Kambali was probably somewhere around here in the Manchuria area or possibly around here somewhere, but definitely around here. Now if we take the 4,000 miles it gave from Astrakhan, because Astrakhan was part of the Tartarian area. So this is Tartaria Minor in Ukraine. This is the original Tartarian areas around Kazan because this is actually where you'll find the Republic Of Tatarstan, also known as Tataria. Right there, though, he's trying to take us over to the one in Romania.
Yeah. That's that's another thing with the Tatarian tablets. Look at that another day. But you've got the Republic Of Tatarstan. This area was officially known as Tataria, without the R, the Tataria.
So from Astrakhan all the way up to the borders of Cathay, which is here, and we'll discuss Cathay as well briefly. Cathay is another thing that's, that's been twisted. So Cathay, they'll tell you, is North China, and the Manji is South China. So as Wikipedia will tell us, Cathay is a historical name for China that was used in Europe. During the early modern period, the term Cathay initially evolved as a term referring to what is now Northern China, completely separate and distinct from China, which was a reference to Southern China.
So they try and say that it's North China and South China, but it's a little bit more than that. The Cathay region is the area beyond the Great Wall. So it's the area North Of The Great Wall. Everywhere South Of The Great Wall is the Manji. They're the Chinese.
So and, well, there's a debate on Manji becoming Manchurians, Manchurians. So there is that. But Manji is the South South of the wall, and Cathay is North. We'll have a look at some of the pictures, and you'll see this one's interesting, by the way. We won't talk about it, but it's got antichrist and Gog Magog here.
It's flipped upside down, so this is north. But we'll have a look, for example, on well, this map is a fifteen seventy map. It's not a great one. China's down here. Cathay is here.
So it's a little bit that will be more north because, obviously, follow the curvature that it's added on. So from China, that is actually north. Then you can see on this map, you've got a similar thing. This says Manji down here and the Cathay region up here. So we'll find one with the walls.
The wall is here we go. So that we can see up here, China is listed as China, and this is the Great Wall here following the mountains. And Cathay is North Of The Great Wall. Now this is important because we have Peking down South Of The Great Wall. So Peking is right here.
And up here is actually where we have Kambalu. So that's it's quite hard to see, but that's Kambalu up there. Horror image. I could get a better one up. I probably should do.
Go on. Just for you. There we go. So we got a better quality version, and you can see the Great Wall right here. Though, actually, this this one looks a little bit different.
But yeah. So you've got the Great Wall right here. Peekin would obviously be down here. And on the North of the Great Wall is where you'll find Khambalu and Khambalu River and stuff like that. I don't care.
Thank you. Right. Khambalu would be there. It's it's definitely North of the Great Wall. And, of course, that's how he describes it because Tamilane, he goes to Cathay where Kambalu is in Cathay, and then he has to go to China, and he has to jump the wall.
So evidently, Kambalu is north of the wall. Now back to the document. It says it has remained unconquered under several governments until November. So we did read that. The imperial seat is at Shambalu.
So, yes, of course, is this talking about Kambaliq in in Beijing, or is it talking about somewhere north of the wall in Cathay? That's for you to decide, but hopefully, I've convinced you. The inhabitants are Mohammedans, pagans, some Christians, and then historian sects, and it also talks about their language. So the language is the Tartarian language, very boisterous and clamorous, almost the same with the Turkish having some mixture of Persian and Scythian words. In some places, they use the Persian tongue.
Now that talks about their chief commodities, what they sell, and it also breaks up Tartaria into five great parts. Tartaria Deserta, which is the most western province bordering on Russia, and it's divided into the Kalmuki butchers or the Olgarians, the Chazag or the Kashgars, and the Karakathes or the Shamshalites. And the two main cities or the capital cities are Kharkan and Kumbalik. So or it does say the capital city of the whole or the main city of the whole is Kharkan or Kharkan, however you wanna say that. So you've got Kharkan and Khumbalik.
Notice how that is very similar to Kambalu. It's probably the same meaning. Kumbhalik, Kannbalik, city of the sham or city of the Khan. So it does seem that this name is something that moves around as well. Because obviously, if you've just set up a new kingdom and you build a new city, you say, ah, this is my city, the city of me, city of the Sham.
So Kumbalik, Kumbalik, Kumbaloo. So, yeah, the second part is Uzbek or Zagate on the South of Tartaria Deserta. It's about 1,200 miles long, and it contains the old provinces of Sake, Sogdania, and parts of Scythia and Old Persia. So this is the bit that, as we know, was called independent Tartary for a while until the Russians finally invaded that. The capital cities are Samikand, which is where Tamilane is supposedly from, Bukhara, and Estigius, which I've never heard of that one.
It's probably got a different name, which I have heard of. There's also the provinces of Belch, Alphoid or Alsoid, Khwarazm, Al Shar, and Targa'na. The third part the third part of Tartaria is Turkestan, which is part of ancient Scythia, and it's on the East of Zagate, about 1,400 miles long. The capital cities or capital towns are Tibet, Khasgar, and Khotan. It contains many kingdoms as Khasgar, Chialis or Turfan, Chiatium, Khotham, Tibet, Camel, Lop, Tainsu, Kindu, and others.
The Lop, of course, can be located today, the Lop Desert. So that would have been the kingdom of Lop in the Lop Desert. So that does give you an idea that these are the right places. Turkestan on the East of independent Tartary. Tartaria Deserter, as it's known, is north of that.
So I it's very interesting they call that the desert considering I would argue that the lot is the desert, but Now the fourth section is called Mongol or Magog, the true old Tartary. It's on the North Of Turkestan, about 1,800 miles long and 950 in breadth. The chief towns are Mongol and Tenduk. It contains many provinces as Simogul or Tatar, Tenduk or Mekrat, Baju or Mekrat, Tecmogul, Kali, and others. So Mongol or Magog is North of Turkestan, which does need to match with Mongolia and areas to the East.
And then finally, we have Cathay or Kintartary on the Southeast Of Mongol, about 1,650 miles long and 1,100 miles in breadth. It contains four great provinces, Cathay or Naaman, Kambalu or Arab Kambalik, Nis or Tenduk, and Uppi. It contains the ancient Sarica and parts of Scythia. That'll bring us back to another map because on Wikipedia, they're obviously talking about how Cathay is China is is exactly the same as China. But, anyway, so you can kind of sense the passive aggressiveness where the Cathay is finally gone.
This 1689 map by, Giacomo Cantelli de Vignola from Modena identifies it and Manji with China. So now if we zoom in on this, we can see Peking and Liotung. So those are the places that were mentioned as where Tamerlane was about to go and invade until he got word that Calyx, one of the kings of Tartary, had decided to take over Kampalu. Now Kampalu isn't shown on this map, but it's usually shown as being either near the Sungari or Khwentung Fluvius. So it's still in this region.
So even though Cathay is gone, it's still here. It's not China. It's still south of the wall. I mean, it's it became China as in they invaded China. So it's it's one of these things where it's a confusion, but they've also purposely tried to do it.
Now you'll notice over here is the UP that was just mentioned, the Tartary De UP. So we just heard about the UP people, and they're over here on the right. So this is the Chinese south of this wall. We can have a look at this picture. This picture from just before, which shows us Cathay up here.
Kambalu right here on this river, which is called the River Pulisanja on this map. So we can see that Khambalu is right here, and it's outside the wall. A wall of 400 leagues betwixt the banks of hills built by the kings of China against the breaking zen of the Tatars. Kingdom Of The Great Sham, and it's north of the walls. Cathay, it's north of the walls.
It's Northeast. So that's it's very easy to work out once you realize that. And you can see the mountains of the greatest note are those anciently called Imau dividing Tartary in the middle. The rivers of principal notes are four, the Obi, which we know about the Obi because that's in Russia, Okanda, Chesil, or the Jaxartis, which is located in independent Tartary, and Polysanya, which is the one we just saw located Northeast Of China in Cathay. And there's the most considerable lakes of four.
We've got Kithe, Kythascar, Coras, and Amu. These are all very difficult to locate today. Some very interesting things have happened there. So I hope you've enjoyed going through this document. Like I said, when I checked the other things, there are a load of documents that include the same kind of info or similar kind of info.
So it's just a tedious process to go through all of these and find all the things that you need to really build a picture. It's evident from from what we've seen that obviously China here this this isn't Cathay. Maybe this was Manji. But this this is Cathay. This is Cathay here.
Over here are the UP people. This is where you find the Yupis, which makes sense for the map that we found. And if we have a look at Yupi Tatars, they're known as the Nanai people, and they lived along the Amur River. And they were actually evacuated by the Chinese originally. So the Amer River is, of course.
This one that we saw over here, this makes this border. So this river, it comes from up there, down there, around there. So these people are from here. And on this map that I got from Rare Maps, the date on this, it's from Stockholm, London 1730. So the reason we come to this one, obviously, can see down here the Great Wall Of China peaking there.
And if we come up, we can see our Amur River. And now it does have a different flow. It comes right from the side instead of coming from up. So that could just be a mapping issue there, or maybe it did actually flow a bit differently a hundred years ago. But we can see UP Tartaros down here.
So that matches that map that we just saw, which is up here, Tartarita UP. So the UP's around this corner. Cathay is right here just beyond this wall. So have a look at the wall. Cathay, the UP's are gonna be up here.
So having a look at this here, again, we've got the Great Wall Of China around here, the UP's around here. So where do we think Cathay is gonna be? Around here somewhere, isn't it? This would be the Cathay region. So we can assume that Kambalu, the proper Kambalu, not Kambalik.
Proper Kambalu was around here somewhere with a Christian kingdom till 12, for only, you know, sixty years, supposedly set up by prester John or maybe even Didymus Thomas himself. Although, I think if he was Didymus Thomas, he'd be about twelve hundred years late because he was supposed to be around at the same time as Jesus. But very interesting. I mean, it might have taken him twelve hundred years to walk all the way from Jerusalem. You know, it's a bit of a distance.
So I think we yeah. We'll call that one the end of that. I hope you've enjoyed watching and learning. Hope you learned a lot from that book. Hope you've learned about Cathay and Kambalu, and you can join us on the hunt for these places where they really were because there is a lot of confusion.
I mean, who knows? Maybe maybe these places really were south of the war, but I think when you look at the books talking about how Kambalu is evidently a separate place, The the book about Tamerlane has Calyxt, one of the kings, fighting. He goes and he tricks the people of Kampalaek to to join him, and Tamerlane goes to fight him. And he fights him and he takes back Kampalaek, and then he says, right. I'm off to China.
And he goes to invade China. So you can imagine he's coming coming down and he's saying, right. I'm gonna go take out China, sort him out for you uncle, because his uncle wanted him to. And then he gets a call and he says, hey. Can you do me a favor?
Can you go sort out Campbell Luke? Because one of our kings is at a revolt. So Tamerlane sighs. He goes, go on then. He goes over to Campbell Luke, sorts him out, gets Campbell Luke back, and says, right.
Problem solved. Now I'm going to China. And he crosses the wall, crosses the wall, takes over Liu Tun and Peking, takes over those two places. And then he crosses back, and he goes to Campbellook where he finds his uncle waiting for him, and he's really happy. It makes sense, doesn't it?
That makes geographical sense. He goes to a place, then he goes to another place, and then he goes back to the place. It doesn't make sense if all three of those places are the same place or two of the places. You know? It doesn't make sense.
So anyway, hope you guys learned a lot. We'll be back learning more about Tartaria, trying to figure out the truth behind this because there is so much misinformation out there, so much they don't want you to know. It's probably why they focus on these global energy empire theories because they don't want you to know the truth that there was just actually a country that existed even a few hundred years ago that's been completely wiped out. The people have had their history changed and rewritten, and they just think that they're, you know, nomadic scrubs that have always lived in the middle of nowhere. When in reality, a few hundred years ago, they had one of the greatest empires in the world in in about 1500 '14 to 1500.
This empire covered everywhere from China to Egypt. So, you know, big big swathes of Europe fell as well. So you've you know, the Golden Hordes invasions into Europe. You're looking at an empire that went all the way from there down to here. There are notes that some of the Khans took over Egypt.
Tamilane supposedly did it. Another one supposedly did it. They took over these sections, the Indian empire, the Moguls, which were actually remnants of Tamilane's empire. They took all these sections. They beat the Muscovites back.
They put Dmitry Donskoye in power up in Moscow. So they controlled the whole thing. Essentially, half the world was was under Tatarian control. And when we say that, there was still there was still loads of different kings because, you know, you still need kings to run your country. You don't go in killing everyone.
You go in, you take over the place, you say, alright. I've beat you in battle. Now you pay me money every year. So that's essentially what was going on. It was just one giant empire, and they were always having revolts.
You know? It wasn't peaceful. If you're over here fighting a battle, you can bet that a city over here was having a revolt. Maybe there was a king around here that decided to unify a few tribes and attack somewhere. Maybe they were feeling a bit oppressed.
Maybe they didn't like their treatment. So there was it was just like any other empire. There was people all the time trying to usurp, trying to take over. Sometimes the empire fell to pieces and didn't really have a grand emperor collecting money from everyone. Sometimes battles would happen, and everyone would go, I'm not paying anymore.
And then the emperor can't do anything about it. So more places say, well, I'm not gonna pay either. And then within fifty years, nobody's paying anything. And then then they'll get a reunification where someone like Genghis Khan comes along, and he says, right. I'm sorting this shit out.
And he goes around and beats everyone and starts collecting money again. Rinse and repeat. So that's basically what's happened. And then they lost out to Russia. They lost out to Russia in the fifteen to sixteen, seventeen hundreds.
And eventually, they were trapped in China and independent Tartary, and they were slowly beaten, in the independent Tartary Wars around here by Russia. And they were slowly beaten by the British, the French, the Russians in the Opium Wars. So this kingdom went from controlling everything in about 1500, 1530 maybe, controlling essentially everything to being wiped out by about the nineteen hundreds. When it comes to Sartaria, this is definitely the most difficult place to find information about. If you look on YouTube or other blogs and forums, Stolen History, I think, most people will probably focus on the idea of buildings in America being older than they seem, settlements and cities growing to have huge populations much faster than they should have done.
Some people even suggest that things like the railroads were actually dug out instead of, built, you know, things like this. We're not gonna be touching on any of that stuff. As you know, on this channel, we try to focus on what we can find in the historical data. We don't really try to touch too much on speculation or things that we can't find evidence for. Doesn't mean it didn't happen.
Doesn't mean it did happen. It's just not what we do here. We we don't do that here. We look for things that we can actually find evidence for, and then we talk about that. You wanna speculate on what might have happened as a result or the consequences, then that's up to you.
But we talk about what we can find, and this is something that, like I say, I have avoided for quite a while because the information out there is just so little. And I didn't wanna provide something to you guys that was fantastical without being able to back any of it up. So for example, on stolen history, on their main article about Tartaria that was posted, a good few years ago now, I think about 2020, One of my first videos was actually on this, I ended up deleting it because at the time I really didn't have much knowledge on Tartaria. So I ended up deleting it because they do make a lot of mistakes in this, I must be honest. They do sometimes give you some good information, don't get me wrong, and definitely good sources and links.
But yeah. Anyway, so coming from Stolen history, this is their their biggest article about Tartaria, and they made the claim in this map of 1652 that Tartaria appears to have control over North America. And I'm not a 100% sure on what the basis for that claim actually is. I brought up the the high quality of the map. I think the the reason that they're suggesting that it's controlled by Tartary is because it's the same color, which is kind of ridiculous.
Because as we see, Europe is is one color. South America is the same color. So are they trying to suggest that Europe and South America are the same same team? I'm not really sure. Africa is obviously one color as well.
So is is the African Continent a whole country? No. I think the whole reason that they're they're saying that it's part of, Tartary is actually because it's colored yellow and so is Tartary. Although, if you see the corner of Tartary here, it's, it's green. If that is the reason, that's pretty stupid.
I'm gonna be honest. Because, you know, there's these two are the same color, and they're definitely not one giant country. Africa isn't one giant country. We do see over here that we have some text written about America. So looking around, a lot of named places, but there's nothing that indicates any cities down there or anything.
Over here as well, I'm not gonna translate the whole thing, but it basically just talks about Columbus discovering it and then other people doing it afterwards. But notice that the date is actually a hundred years incorrect because Columbus discovered America in 1492. Rather curious, isn't it? They they seem to make that mistake. Got it out by a whole hundred years.
Going back to Stolen history, don't worry by the way, I will be showing you some decent evidence that could suggest that these things are different. Just go through this first. And then the other thing that they mention on American Tartary is they do say the jury is still out on this, but there are some indicators that Tartary was present in the North American continent as well. There obviously are no official historical accounts, but some bits and pieces of info suggest just that. You know, it goes against what they said before about that map seemingly showing the whole of North America being under Tartarian control because it's just kinda ridiculous.
But we're gonna talk about the reality of it because that's a bit of a a nutcase claim. But it's we're gonna talk about the reality. So the main things that they they go off is this person that you may or may not have heard of called king Tartaranx. And then there's also this map here. And it does actually it provides this source here from this book for the text.
And I wanted to see the map because the map and the text are separate. He's just stuck the text over and he hasn't provided a source of the map. So what we'll do is we'll have a look at that text itself. And this book is by Uzziah Priest from 1834. It's called American Antiquities and Discoveries in the West, you can check that out for yourself.
And they've got a whole chapter here, the voyages and shipping of the Mongol Tatars and settlements on the Western Coast Of America. But what we're actually gonna do is we're gonna come back to this book shortly because there's something else that connects with it that I wanna bring up first because this goes into detail on that. So first we're gonna have a look at, a map. And whilst it's, it's not quite the same, we can see, with this one that we're trying to find that's got pink on this side, the green here and the yellow down here and Hispani and Nova. It's a similar thing.
Hispani Anova here, you can see this area here. So maybe it's trying to suggest that this area is, is its own region. I think they're trying to suggest that this is Tartarian, then obviously the Spanish come down here and the Europeans have come over from this side. So I think that's what they're trying to suggest is that this is Tartarian. This map as well has a very similar thing going on about it.
Once again, 1492. So they've got it correct on this map. But you can see that they've got this place called Quivera, which is connected to Tartarax, which we're gonna talk about shortly. But, yeah, it is again similar similar thing. Hispania Nova, this side here where we think the Europeans are coming, and then this, which is what they're suggesting, is, the Tartarian sections.
So it definitely wasn't control over the whole North American region. I think if anything, it will have been the the West Coast. It is actually important to remember that the the main migrations of native Americans are actually from Asia. The thing is though, the official history will tell you, looking at this haplogroup map here, that they came over 10,000 ago, 20,000 ago, 30,000 ago. I think the most recent ones they'll say is about four or five thousand years ago, but anything after that, they say it didn't happen, which is curious.
Why why were people able to cross these oceans five thousand years ago but they weren't able to do it one thousand years ago? The original idea behind it is the frozen land bridge theory that the they were able to cross over the Bering Strait and then move south from there. Then you've also got them sailing around these islands up to Kamchatka and then going across that way. But then it also can fit in with the land bridge theory because of the lower water levels are a 150 meters lower at one point. But then we have this this one down here, which is evidently a water crossing.
And then they admit that five thousand years ago, people did cross over to America on boats. So King Tartarax essentially comes from this, this story to do with our Spanish adventurers that were looking for gold. This man here, Francisco Vasquez de Coronado, and essentially what he was was having a look for the seven cities of Chibola, the seven cities here. And the seven cities corresponded to El Dorado, Paititi, City Of The Caesars, Lake Perim at Manoa, Antilia, and Quivera. Today, it's located around the Arkansas River in Central Kansas, that's what they say anyway, And it was not a city of gold, and it was just a community of Wichita people.
That's the official thing. So where do the stories come from? Well well, from one of the historians, one of the expeditions, it says, in the year 1530, Nuno de Guzman, who was president of New Spain, had in his possession an Indian, one of the natives of the Valley Of Octixapar, who was called Tejo by the Spaniards. This Indian said he was the son of a trader who was dead, but that when he was a little boy, his father had gone into the back country with fine feathers to trade for ornaments, and that when he came back, he brought a large amount of gold and silver, of which there is a good deal in that country. He went with him once or twice and saw some very large villages, which he compared to Mexico and its environment.
He had seen seven very large towns which had their streets of silver workers. And there were also reports given by four shipwreck survivors of the failed Narvae expedition, which included this fellow here, another Spanish explorer, as well as a Moorish slave named Esteban Dorantes. And when they returned to New Spain, the adventurers said that they'd heard stories from the natives about cities with great and limitless riches. So when we talk about the lost cities of gold, this is definitely connected. And, of course, the official history is that when Coronado and his other adventurers arrived at Cibola in 1540, they couldn't find any gold, and it turned out all the stories had been made up.
See from this map here of the Coronado expedition, we can see where he supposedly went and where he found out that it was all nonsense. The forum also provides a load of other pictures that show Quivera in its different locations that we're just gonna have a quick peek This one here showing it on this corner. Here again, it reminds us that 1492 Christopher Columbus discovered America. Some of these are pretty bad quality, but again, it's over on this left hand side. You can see they did believe it to be, somewhere called the Annian Strait.
So that's what they called the Bering Strait before, and they believed it was a lot more south than it actually is. But interestingly, which kinda goes against this, this whole notion, if you read this here, it says the indigenous of this region after the manner of the Tatars, live in tents having no cities. One more showing, Quevero on the left, 1492 again. So it's quite interesting that that one thought it was fifteen ninety two. I should probably let it go, but another one here.
And again, this one says a similar thing in the corner. Here, the people in groups through the planes in company in that way, intense after the manner of the Tatars, and they lead a rustic life. So pretty poor English there. But, basically, the people here, they live in groups. And just like the Tatars, they live in tents and lead a a nomadic lifestyle is what they're trying to suggest.
And this one, again, this one making it appear much more like Alaska or something in my opinion, looking, you know, circle of Antarctica up here, looking way further north because people hypothesized that it was down near California possibly. And then, of course, looking inland, but Quivera definitely looking like it's on the coast. So that journey that they took, the expedition inland, no wonder they didn't find it. Because I I would say this looks more like, Northwest America getting much further up into towards Alaska, which would make sense because the migratory route that they would have taken over the Bering Strait. And another final picture.
So, yeah, you can see up here, we've got China, Cathay, the Mongol areas missing quite a bit of Siberia, and that's because they just couldn't get up there. Don't forget the Russians didn't make it to the edge of, Kamchatka till about 1690. It was only after 1690 that you're ever gonna see a map showing Kamchatka properly, or the official history anyway. Up to you if you wanna believe that. We can see this text talking about Quivera saying the many different lost cities like Atlantis, lost Continent Of Mu, Kublai Khan, Xanadu, and it's basically saying the seven cities of Kublai and Quivera, they fall into the same category.
It says it's a city born in the mind of Coronado's conquistadors through their greed for gold. The kingdoms of Quivera and Anion are located on maps of Western America, but they had no more existence in reality than Thor's Valhalla or the abode of the Olympian gods. That is the official line for Quivera that these guys didn't exist. And before we move off of King Tartarax into the actual Mongol Tartar movement since America, we do have some decent stuff to look at by the way, so make sure you do stick around. We've we're just gonna have a look at this book, this Garden of the Gods, because I did find a mention of, King Tartarax in here, which was quite cool.
And it's just down here. Amateur Rodeo nineteen tens, and it says, the nineteen tens brought an economic slump to the Colorado Springs. To offset this slump, some residents sought to draw tourist trade by staging a historical pageant about Indians and the sixteenth century activities of the conquistadors in New Mexico and of old king Tartarax of Quivera. So king Tartarax of Quivera obviously, people point to the fact that Tartar Rex is like Tartar Rex, aka, king of the Tartars. Tartar itself obviously sounds like Tartars.
So that would be, you know, king Tartar king. Obviously, trying to suggest that it's a a mistranslation, it's essentially just the Latin for king Tartar of Quivera. And the final king Tartarax is just an article from, from 1889. It talks all about Coronado going to find Cavola with his with his team, trying to go to the legendary city of Gold. And, we can see mentions of, king Tartarax.
You know, that this realm of Quivera was ruled by the mighty monarch Tartarax who lived in magnificent splendor, that gold was so common among these people as to be of little value, that they made utensils and farming implements, and that the monarch Tartarax and his subjects lived in splendor. Their warriors wore helmets and bore shields of gold. So, yeah, this is apparently all all in their heads. Somebody made this up, and then they went looking for it. And it does mention Tartarax quite a bit.
Just talking about the story, this is stuff that you can, you can come and read for yourself if you want because we don't need to go into it. It would just be talking about how they never found him. It is interesting that Tartarax was clearly a bigger part of the mythology in the eighteen hundreds because most people wouldn't hear about it now. And they're just talking about holding an event to basically stage the whole thing, king Tartarax, the the Spanish, etcetera etcetera. And it's what we saw in that last book that they were talking about, but a bit better than a rodeo.
So just like the event in the nineteen tens that we saw in that book, The Garden of the Gods, they're talking about holding an a similar event, and this guy is suggesting who they should have and, play characters and stuff. So it was like I say, if they're doing it in the nineteen tens and then something in the eighteen nineties, it was clearly part of the local mythology up until that point, which would be quite sad if it's been erased from the local memory. That's just, I think that's our last mention of Tartarax or there was one more book actually. The last one just brings up Tartarax again in the secret cities of, South America, and it's talking about it is also added as a memory of a great cataclysm that when Quetzalcoatl vanished, the sun and moon were covered in darkness and only a single star remained in the sky. Humboldt, in his examine, says that the Franciscan monk, Mark Denizo, crossed the 37th Parallel, a line linking California with Virginia, seeking a bearded king Tartarax who adored a golden cross and the image of a woman called the lady of heaven, which usually would suggest Mary.
So this next book that we're gonna come to is the great events in the history of North And South America from the alleged discovery of the continent by the Northmen in the tenth century to the present time. Now, of course, that's referring to Leif Erikson and the the Northmen, the Viking type people, who came over in the tenth century rather than Christopher Columbus, and that is in 1851. So it is quite interesting that people were quite aware of Leif Erikson. Yet, we still have Columbus Day. Why not Erikson Day?
Why we came to this book is just for one little mention down here. The book obviously is talking about the the ways in which America could have been populated. And it says doctor Swinton, author of many parts of the universal history, after stating the different opinions of various authors who have advocated in favor of the dispersed people, the Phoenicians and other eastern nations, observes that, therefore, the Americans in general were descended from a people who inhabited a country not so far distant from them as Egypt and Phoenicia. One will, as we apprehended, readily admit. Now no country can be pitched upon so proper and convenient for this purpose as the Northeastern part of Asia, particularly Great Tartary, Siberia, and more especially, the peninsula of Kamchatka.
That probably was the tract through which many Tartarian colonies passed into America and peopled the most considerable parts of the New World. So, of course, he's saying that right here, the Tartarian colonies very interesting. Tartarian colonies passed into America. So 1851, they're trying to suggest that. And, of course, it was actually a widely accepted thing that the Indians were Tatars, which isn't as much of a generalized statement as you might think because we actually classify humans into three types, you know, essentially white, black, and brown.
And the Mongol, the Mongoloid, is that race classification. Anybody from Asia is essentially classified as that. So the North Americans do fall under that category and that classification. Our next source is from the historical collections of the Indians in New England, and it's provided, I think for the king at the time, Charles the second, around the sixteen hundreds. We will see.
So it'll be from, Charles's collection and this interesting bit down here. Secondly, another apprehension is that the original of these Americans is from the Tatars or Scythians that live in the Northeast parts of Asia, which some good geographers conceive is nearly joined under the Northwest parts of America and possibly a one continent or at least separated by some narrow gulf. And they were correct, of course, with the Bering Strait. And the Bering Strait is so small. It's, some it's smaller than some crossings of the the English Channel, some sections, and you can stop.
You've got a pair of islands right in the middle that you can you can stop on and then make the next leap of the journey. You could do it in a canoe very easily. But it goes on to just talk about how they are very like the Scythian people in color, shape, and manners, but it does actually, say about sheep horses and camels and other tame beasts that, are not found in in America among the Indians. So that that literally is the question they pose there. They say, if these people be sprung from the Tartarian or Scythian people as this, this nation asserts, though these people do seem to assert, I think the Indians themselves must have asserted it, then it is to me a question why they did not attend the known practice of that people who, in all of their removes and plantations, take with them their kind sheep, horses, and camels, and the like tame beasts.
And of these sorts and kinds of beasts used by the Tatars, none were found in America among the Indians. This is the, it's a different version of the same document we saw earlier that just essentially, says the same thing. Probably was the tract with much many of the Tartarian colonies passed into America, aka, you know, through Kamchatka from Great Tartarus, Siberia. This is not to be denied. It's the most rational way of getting inhabitants into America if it must be allowed that it was peopled from the old world.
So they're saying if if the you know, America was peopled from our world, because America's a new world, the old world, then they must have come through there because it's the the shortest distance. And that just makes sense. Another one coming, from about 1820. So, yeah, it's the American Indian origin theories as of 1820 by Samuel Mitchell. We'll see the paper covers new ground in showing that professor Samuel Mitchell, formerly of Columbia College, had concluded that two main groups of people once dominated the Americas, the Tatars of Northern Asia and the Australasians of the Polynesian Islands.
Furthermore, they fought one another for many years, culminating in great battles of extermination in what later became Upstate New York. This New York theory has much in common with the Book of Mormon. The book then carries on to talk about a a rumor of a Portuguese Jew that went around and of Antonio Montesinos, who claimed that he had been led of God to discover a holy people, a tribe of ancient Jews in the mountains of Nueva Granada in 1641, basing his claim on similarities of sacramental rights, customs, and languages between this group and those of ancient Jews. Many people of the day turned to the respected rabbi Manasseh to confirm or reject him. Sensing this opportunity to advance the cause of his people, Manasseh ben Israel published in 1650 his famous hope of Israel in which he strongly argued in favor of the lost tribes in America, claiming that they had mingled with Tartaric or Asian tribes in Scythia before coming to America.
Presenting remarkably little hard or new evidence, he nevertheless capitalized upon the renewed controversy to show that God's ancient people, the Jews, had indeed been scattered and dispersed to the four quarters of the earth. Another man known as Antonio de la Calantia, rising in the early seventeenth century, also posited that the Indians had descended from the Tatars of Eastern Asia. Likewise, the great English observer, Edward Brewerwood, advance the Acosta tradition arguing for a Tatarian origination via Alaska since most Indians frequented the West Coast Of The Americas. Other men during the same period such as David Zeisberger, John Hecklewelder, Casper Wishtard, Pierre de Ponco, and Benjamin Smith Barton all argued for the Tartaric origin of the Indians for the Bering Strait theory and for a common original language. In 1795, professor Samuel Mitchell of Columbia College returned to his lifelong interest in the origins of the Indians, and he began to formulate his threefold interpretation of American Indian origins and history.
Number one, that the three races of Malays, Tatars, and Scandinavians contributed to make up the American population, that the Tatars eventually overwhelmed and destroyed the other two races over a fairly long period of time, and finally, that the final battles of extermination were fought in Upstate Western New York, not too far from the South of Lake Ontario. Mitchell began teaching college classes in 1816, saying that both North And South America had been formally populated fundamentally by two great races, not only the Hyperborean ore inhabitants of the North, but also the Australasian or inhabitants of the South, the former Tatars, and the latter Malays and Polynesians. So it's interesting to note that he is equating the northern people to Tatars with the Hyperboreans. His reason for claiming the North American Indians' ancestors were the Tatars were based on four factors, the similarity of their physical features, the affinity of their languages, the corresponding customs, and the kindred nature of American Indian dogs to those found in Siberia. Mitchell claims that all was going well with the Polynesian derivative of peoples until their confrontation with the encroaching Tatars.
Colliding with both the Europeans and the more delicate race of Australasians, the Tatars overwhelmed and destroyed both peoples in a long series of terrible conflicts centered primarily in Upstate New York. As China, Hindustan, Palestine, Greece, Italy, and the shores of Africa have been conquered by the swarms which preceded numberless times, so have Canada, the regions bordering on the Missouri, the lakes, the Mississippi, the Ohio, and the countries where New Spain and its intendencies now are, quite to Mexico, been subdued by hordes of savage adventurers from beyond the Arctic Circle. He went on to ask, what has become of these Australasians? And answered, they have probably been overcome by the more warlike and ferocious hordes that entered our hemisphere from the Northeast Of Asia. These Tatars of the higher latitudes have issued from the great hive of nations and desolated, in the course of their migrations, the southern tribes of America, as they have done to those of Asia and Europe.
The greater part of the present American natives are the Tatar stock, the descendants of the hardy warriors who destroyed the weaker malaise that preceded them. Mitchell's work was accepted by Uzziah Priest, whose work we've actually seen in this video, The American Antiquities and Discoveries in the West, which was published in Albany, New York in 1833. Although providing for the inclusion of vestiges of the lost tribes in parts of ancient America via an ancient land bridge with Africa, Priest believes the Tatars, in Hun like fashion, completely destroyed the more southerly people who left behind some 3,000 burial mounds and fortifications in present day Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois. The skeletons found in our mounds never belonged to a people like our Indians, he asserted. Their foreheads were low, cheekbones rather high.
We think we ascertain the inhabitants to have been white, like the Europeans, calling the more civilized people the Ares. He believed they were so exterminated by the Tatars or Scythians that but one member of the nation, a warrior, remained. That's quite interesting that they believe them to be white. The Welsh supposedly migrated as well to the to the new world in about May supposedly under prince Maddock. So that would be quite interesting.
And they moved to the Ohio regions, and there's lots of evidence of the Welsh there. So that is quite curious. Maybe the Tatars were the ones that killed the Welsh in America. King Arthur himself was said to have sailed to the New World, where he was then killed by an Indian, by a native. And if that's a Tatar, that's a that's a bit of a spin on the story.
But we won't go into that today. The next mention of American Tart Tree is actually rather curious. It's talking about America. It's a British letter. It's a letter going back to Britain.
It's talking about the colonies, and they're talking about the cause of resistance. And it says the other cause of resistance is the prodigious expansion of the back settlements. Many of the people in the back settlements are already little attached to particular situations. They've already topped the Appalachian Mountains. From thence, they behold before them an immense plain, one vast, rich, level meadow, a square of 500 miles.
Over this, they would wander without a possibility of restraint. And surely, sir, it is impossible for us to restrain them. Undoubtedly, they will wander wherever they choose to do. They would soon change their manners with the habits of their life. They would soon forget a government by which they were disowned.
They would become hordes of English Tatars, and pouring down upon your unfortified frontiers a fierce and irresistible cavalry, become masters of your governors and counselors, your collectors and controllers, and of all the slaves that adhered to them. So it's suggesting that the people that weren't living inside the colonies, the ones that started moving west, they would become like the Tatars, and that they would they would destroy the colonies. And the response we get back is obviously, thanks, sir. Thank you for these kind prophetic declarations. And down here, it says, for indeed whether the colony was placed in Asiatic or in American Tartary, the folly and absurdity of pretending to govern such a colony and to make it subservient to the purposes of British commerce would be just the same.
Nature opposes it as you justly observe, and nature will be obeyed. So they're saying, look. Whether we put a colony in Asiatic or in American territory, it'll be the same. It'll be absurd because nature is against it. They're too far away, and they'll destroy us.
So it's very curious that they're calling American Tartary. That's the bit. It's why are they calling it American Tartary. This is one of the only, if not the only mention properly, of American Tartary that we can actually find. There's only a couple.
If you'd like to find that book, by the way, there's actually a better version that you have to borrow, unfortunately, but you can borrow it for an hour. But you can find it on Internet Archive, Josiah Tucker, a selection from his economic and political writings, and you can find that section right there. That's up there. So if you wanna find that for yourself, you can do. You can also come to this called the ancient Chinese accounts of the Grand Canyon or the course of the Colorado.
It's a 44 page book, so we will definitely not be reading it. But essentially, it goes into how the ancient Mexicans likened North America to a tree, a stupendous mulberry tree planted in the land known to us today as South America. The Chinese geographers or mythologists teach at a distance of 10,000 miles to the east, there is a land over 3,000 miles in width. Now the land referred to us must be North America, and we know that North America reaches 3,000 miles in width from the Pacific to the Atlantic. And the Chinese accounts further call our Eastern realm a fusang or mulberry.
A mulberry land is there, say the Chinese. The mulberry land is here, say the Mexicans. Like the Mexicans, the Chinese sages declare that there is an enormous tree, the Fu or helpful Sang tree in the Eastern mulberry land 3,000 miles wide. As just remarked, the Chinese call their enormous tree a Sang, and the Mexicans call their tree a Beb, both terms standing for the mulberry. Observe in figure two, and she's over here, and at Tetonetpec, a little west of Yucatan, our continent narrows down to a width of 100 miles.
The Mexicans say that North America is a tree and that it has correspondingly an enormous trunk, which at Tet Hantepec measures 100 miles. Now the Chinese writers declare that the enormous mulberry in the region east of the Flowry Kingdom has a trunk of 300 li or 100 miles. A mulberry tree with a trunk of 300 li is there, say the Chinese. A mulberry tree with a trunk of 300 li is here, say the Mexicans. So you can already see the connections between the Fusang and the Chinese.
And if you wanna read this book for yourself, you can do. We might go into this for a video for itself because it is very interesting, but I just wanted to bring this up, this connection here, the Chinese clearly knew about America. And once again, if you'd like to read this, here it is. You'll find it on archive.org. Very easy.
It was published in 1913. Ancient Chinese account of the Grand Canyon. So if wanna read that, go ahead and do so. Now talking of, Uzziah Priest that we did before, we can see his, what he says down here. As it respects some of the ancient nations who may have found their way hither as into America, we perceive a strong probability that not only Asiatic nations very soon after the flood, of course, the biblical flood is what they believe in, But also, all along the different eras of time, different races of men, Polynesians, Malays, Australasians, Phoenicians, Egyptians, Greeks, Romans, Israelites, Tatars, Scandinavians, Danes, Norwegians, Welsh, and Scottish have colonized different parts of the continent.
And Uzziah Priest also believed that before the flood, America was actually the country of Noah. It was where the ark was erected, and it was possibly where giants were in the in the biblical references. This book, another source on, so it's a it's just talking about Tartarax. In early fifteen forty one, Coronado set out to find it. Told of new and even more dazzling stories of Quivera.
To the Northeast, there was a river seven miles wide. Within its depths were huge fish as large as horses. Tartarax, the ruler, slept in a garden of roses under a tree with thousands of golden bells, and even the pots and pans were made of gold. So it's, yeah, stuff. I think they're just trying to make it sound ridiculous, to be honest.
But that's that. Again, if you wanna find that, you can do. So this guy was traversing America, and when he got to this business, we'll read from here. This forest ends just before you reach the Wabash and from thence to the Mississippi, a distance of 80 miles, all is prairie or meadow. Is the American Tartary bearing in all respects a strong resemblance to the Asiatic.
He describes it and below says, in all these features, we recognize a likeness to the ancient Tartary, which would be entire and complete. Could we see its natives metamorphosed into horseman? Obviously, because the Indians were supposedly not the the same level of horseman as ancient archery. The reason that this is, conflicting is because there are different documents printed of this, this same text. And in some of the texts, this word here, this one, has been replaced with an.
So it says here commences an American Tartary. So this is where the confusion will come in because they say, oh, no. He was saying it's an American Tartary because it looks like Tartary. To him, he he got there and he's like, wow. This to me just looks like Tartary.
However, some texts will say the American Tartary, which, again, is it referring to the American Tartary or is it the American Tartary that that guy referred to? And that's all up for debate. So it's up to you to decide. I've not been able to decide for myself. It it could be either way.
I'm not sure which ones have come, come first because obviously all the books are reprints. It's very confusing which one that is. Right. As far as text go, this is actually the most interesting because it's just so left field. It's got some information that just doesn't really make sense, doesn't jive with what we know as history, and it's just kinda confusing.
I'm not sure exactly why, why it's written this way, and I'll show you. So this is the book. If you wanna find it, give it a pause and search for that. Or the easiest way to search find it actually would just to be type in Hakata, Tartary or something on Google. But if you if you really struggle, ask me and I'll post a link.
So for reference who Hakata is, by the way, Ogedai Khan, Oktai Khan. So once again, this book is talking about America. It mentions how all the areas of of Tartary are on the same latitudes as America, and it'd be easy to cross over. And, of course, it says here too may be added that Asia hath no territory anywhere which may more easily with numerous colonies supply America than this part of Tartary as well for the vastness of the country to no other can compare as for the increasing of the inhabitants, who do not admire that according to Michalin Lithauer, there is scarce a city in Tartary that boasted less than a thousand temples. So, wow, according to this Michalin bloke, there aren't many cities in Tartary that have less than a thousand temples.
And to see Kangwista, which is Genghis Khan, first king of Tartary Kangwis, Genghis, first king of Tartary about the year 1200 in arms, and his successor Hokkata following his father's bloody footsteps whilst he prepared his sons with three vast armies. The eldest son, Jaxi, marched westward with 30,000 horse. Batho or Bato, Batu, drew with his great an army towards the North, and Toglade, being the youngest, fell into the Moors country above Egypt. Now this is where it gets really weird. Hikata himself marched victoriously into the North America, subdued great parts of the Persian kingdom, and beat the Turks led by the general Goniatta with a great army in December.
It's saying that Hakata marched into North America. I've been able to find no other references whatsoever for this, but it's saying he marched into North America. He's saying he subdued the greatest parts of the Persian kingdom and beat the Turks. I don't think he's necessarily saying that those took place in North America, even though it could seem that way. You know, just by the process of the chronological layout, you'd think that he's gone into North America, then he subdued the Persian kingdom, and then he's beat the Turks.
I don't think it's saying that. I think it's saying that he did those three things separately. However, what a very strange thing to say to say that he went into North America. It carries on as Jacob Placensis and Benedictus Samat's two monks sent by the pope innocent Urquhart to witness. The great number of the Tatars or Scythians may appear by the several people spread far and near over Tartary.
It mentions a load of them that I'm not gonna bother listing. Maybe it mentions a lot of the tribes like the Hypo Bore, the Khmeri, the, the Georgi, the Sicorus. And it says, what number would the inhabitants make up, you know, that live in America? And, again, it mentions some places like Virginia, Florida, New Spain, Guatemala, and it's saying what many of these would live there. It would be worth our time to compare the likeness between the Scythians and the Northern Americans.
And, yeah, it just goes on to talk about how they are very similar. But the most interesting thing, of course, being Hakata. Hakata marched into North America around December according to this document. Once again, for reference, I came to this book just to make sure that, you know, it talks about Hokkata here. Though it talks about Changus and then chosen by subjects, you know, it caused Hokkata, his eldest son, to be crowned king.
So there's Hokkata. And down here, we can see Hokkata, I e, Ogedai or Oktai. So we know who that is. Now onto this book, which has, some interesting information up here. We can see in 1380, one of the naval squadrons of the great Tatar conqueror, Kublai Khan, which sailed to invade Japan, was wrecked on the Western Coast of South America.
The shipwrecked marinas thereupon, through some unspecified turn of the wheel of fortune, founded the empire of Peru. And we'll return to this document, which is the one we talked about before the Uzziah priest one with the Mongols and their appearing because this one is, it mentions a little bit more in detail about that landing on Peru, just a little bit. And Uzziah Priest is the one that we heard about who based all his work on Mitchell, but it does have this information. So it says, a cross made of fine marble, beautifully polished, about three feet high, and three fingers in width and thickness was found in an Indian temple. This, it appears, was kept as sacred in a palace of one of the Incas and was held in great veneration by the natives of South America.
When the Spaniards conquered that country, they enriched this cross with gold jewels and placed it in the Cathedral Of Cuzco. But how came this emblem of Christianity in America? There were in the service of the Mongols in the thirteenth century many Nestorians, a sect of Christians, which we've heard about before. And the, Kingdom of Prester John was supposedly a Nestorian kingdom founded in the the Northeast, and Genghis Khan had a war with Uncham who controlled it and obviously won, and then in some stories even married his daughter. The conqueror of the king of Eastern Bengal was a Christian, which was in December.
Under this king, a part of an expedition was sent to conquer the islands of Japan. In large Chinese vessels and supposed to have been commanded by these Christian Nestorians as officers, being more trustworthy and more experts in warlike maneuvers than the Mongol natives. This expedition, by some means, found their way from the Japan Islands, which are west from North America, to the coast of America in the same latitude and landed at a place called, in the Mexican language, Culcan, opposite New California. And obviously, Culcan, you can see where that might come from. And then it says in December, Kublai, as in Kublai Khan, a Mongol emperor, it appears, became master of all China.
At that time, they were in the possession of the knowledge of shipbuilding so that vessels of enormous size were constructed by them. They were solidly and conveniently made as to carry elephants on the decks. The Peruvians had a tradition that many ages before their conquest by the Spaniards, there landed on their coast at Saint Helen's Point, vessels manned with giants, having no beard, and were taller from their knees downward than a man's head, and they had long hair, which hung loose upon their shoulders, and that their eyes were wide apart and very big in other parts of their bodies. This description is supposed to be a description of the elephants and the riders blended into one animal. As they did in later years when the Spaniards rode on horses, they took them at first to be one animal.
There remains not a doubt that the Mongol Tatars found their way from China to the West Of America in shipping. The voyage is not so great as to render it impossible as that a French vessel in the year 1721 sailed from China and arrived at a place called Val De Nandras on the coast in fifty days. The Phoenician letters were known among the Mongol nations. If, therefore, they found their way to South America, we at once account for the Phoenician characters found in caverns and cut into rocks of that country. A description of what is supposed a Chinese Mongol town to the west called by themselves when first visited by the Spaniards, Talameco, is exceedingly curious and situated on the bank of a river running into the Pacific from the territory now called Oregon, only four degrees south of Lake Erie and in longitude eighty seven or exactly West of Ohio in latitude.
It was well built and contained 500 houses, some of which are large and show well at distance. So we'll leave that document there because there's so much to go through, and we'll probably cover it in another video if we, if we remember to. But that is just collating all the evidence that, you know, it seems like Mongols and the Chinese definitely went into, into Southern Southern America and into Mexico and North America. That's definitely what it's looking like. This next document that I want to have a look at actually comes from, a pulp fiction magazine released in 1947, I believe.
Yeah. 1947. So just once again, this is a pulp fiction magazine. It's still very but it's pulp fiction. Because this kind of, text out of context, you could, really use it for your own advantage.
You could really help paint a false narrative with it, but it is pulp fiction. But the reason it's interesting is because what it says, this, in this person's story, which was printed in the magazine in 1947, they start talking about entering a room. And the characters entered this room, large room with a, window overlooking the sea, and he sees a map on one of the walls. But such a map that they'd never seen. So it's a very large map, and it was a map of the world, but a world which was a combination of the ancient and the modern.
And it says Macedonia and Greece rubbed elbows, one as large as the other. The United States was called American Tartary. Russia was the land of the Khan of Greater Russia. Siberia of Lesser Russia. Germany was called Teutonia.
China bore its ancient name Cathay, and Japan was part of it. So I found that very curious that a, you know, fiction writer has come up with this. So they must have had some kind of information. Unless they just, it was pure chance, but I just found that really curious that they put that in. So 1947.
Can you imagine that map? American Tarsary, Russia with the land of the Khan of Greater Russia and Lesser Russia with Siberia. So the Khan of Siberia, which that was a real thing, the Khanate Of Cyber. It fell in about 1584. So just to show you what I was talking about before when we looked at the document that said about here commences the American Tartary bearing in all respects a strong resemblance to the Asiatic, if you remember that.
Well, to show you what I meant, we come to this document, which was released at a similar time. This one is eighteen o seven, and this one in fact says, it's essentially the same thing from the Wabosh to the Mississippi, a space of 80 miles. There are nothing but savannahs, And in reality here commences an American Tartary. An American Tartary. So you can see how if it's an instead of the American Tartary, then that can really change the context of what you're trying to say.
So that's important that we remember that because that simple word change can mean a big difference in what they're trying to suggest. Back to Uzziah Priest's book and we can see this interesting thing here. It says, from all we can make out by observing the growth of timber with that which is decayed, as found on the deserted works of the West, we are inclined to believe that about the same period of time when Europe was overrun by the northern hoards that the region now called The United States, where the ancient inhabitants had fixed their abode, was also overrun by northern hordes from towards Bering Strait who had in ages before got across from Asia, the Tatars or Scythians, and had multiplied, and as they multiplied, progressed farther and farther southerly till they discovered an inhabited country, populous and rich, upon whom they fell with all the fury of Attila and the Huns. So we can only assume that that's suggesting when the northern hordes and the golden hordes were falling upon Europe around the 12 to 13 hundreds that the hordes that were placed in the Alaskan regions that had crossed into the northern parts of Canada and moved south, they actually started moving south now, and they fell upon the inhabitants of America.
That's actually say seems to be suggesting this is a recent thing. This is why it's debatable. Europe has been overrun a couple times by hordes, so you could suggest that it's actually talking about the hordes of Attila the Hun, as it mentioned here, in which case that would put it about April. However, it could be talking about the Mongol hordes, which did overrun parts of Europe, although it didn't overrun all of Europe. So possibly that's it.
As the Tatars have overrun China, so the Aztec subdued Mexico. As the Huns and Alans desolated Italy, so the Chippewas and the Iroquois prostrated the popular settlements on both banks of the Ohio. The surviving race in these terrible conflicts between the different nations of the ancient native residents of North America is evidently that of the Tatars. This article coming from the New York weekly museum from 1817, we can see up here, it says domestic manufactures the pieces of goods prepared by the American Tatars and presented to doctor Mitchell by captain Richard Whitley, late of the US army, are full of instruction. So American Tatars, quite interesting.
It goes on to talk about Tatars and, some other references to them. Like, over here, it brings up what we talked about before with, doctor Mitchell and his his points about the the Tatars. So that just shows in 1817. It's in this newspaper. Talks about the more cultivated Malays who peopled from southern parts of North America form the famous records discovered in New Spain.
The ruder Tatars who migrated to the northern regions of the same continent are the authors of the fabrics, not less curious, but in a totally different style, now under consideration. It also talks about how the Indian, wigwams, after the manner of the Tatars, are circular and not square. We can see from this book here the journey through Russia and Siberia from 1787 to 1788, but it was republished in 1966. You know, in the course of American Tatars, they have been a long time Tatars, and it will be a long time before they are any other kind of people. The yurt or hut as we generally call it or as the American Tatars call it, the wigwam is in this country a substitute for a tent.
So a yurt, of course, was the tent specifically used by the Mongols. In fact, the city of Tenduk, we saw Tenduk on a map before, that's actually named after the Tenduk that's found in the center of a yurt, the skylight essentially in the middle where you can pray through because you'd pray to your god Tengri there and that's called a Tenduk. I have a video about that if you wanna learn more. The Asiatic, like the American Tatars, never change their dress. They are all the same on all occasions, in the field, in the house, on a visit, at the most dirty work, on a holy day.
It is all the same, and they have never but one dress. It is very remarkable that both the Asiatic and American Tatars have the same cast or superstitious notions of women during menstrual illness that Laban had in admitting to search for his silver gods when hid under Rachel who feigned the menstruals. Very curious indeed. If we come to this book here and once again, if you guys wanna see any of the books, the reason I show you is so you can pause the video and then type this in and you'll go and find it. We can see at the bottom here, it says, if the tradition that men clothed in silk were seen at Quivera be well founded, Hindus or Chinese or Japanese have mixed with the American Tatars, the Mexican and Peruvian kings, their almanacs and palanquins have come from Asia, as certainly as the Japanese in a later age have peopled the Kuril Islands, and the Moguls of a very remote age, Kamchatka.
A different document here that we're looking at, Voyages of the Self, Parallels and Patterns in American Art and Literature, once again. Henry Nazz Smith long ago reminded us that a writer in the portfolio, I like that, portfolio, in 1817 referred to the Northern Plains Indians as the American Tatars, whilst Timothy Flint spoke of the Southwest Indians as ruthless red Tatars of the desert. This book coming from 1851, the bible and civil government in course of lectures, we can see it says here, the illustrious Burke, the unrivaled prophet of politics, as he is sometimes called, described many years ago a crowd of American Tatars armed with the pike and the saber pouring from the West over the Alijanis and sweeping away the wealth and population of our Eastern cities, grown indolent and defenseless by the natural course of popular government and profligate prosperity. So that's saying some American Tatars came pouring from the West. So obviously referring to Indians as American flooding over to the West, and they swept away wealth and population from some of the Eastern cities.
This one from 1848, it says mister Thorpe, upon authority of colonel Donovan, thus alludes to this tribe of American Tatars. The Navajo Indians are a warlike people, have no towns, houses, or lodges. They live in the open air or on horseback and are remarkably wealthy, having immense herds of horses, cattle, and sheep. They are celebrated for their intelligence and good order. They treat their women with great attention, consider them equals, and relieve them from the drudgery of menial work.
They are handsome, well made, and in every respect, a highly civilized people, being as a nation of a higher order of beings and the mass of their neighbors, the Mexicans. And this one from, around eighteen forty eight ish, it's, another Massachusetts quarterly review. So again, reviewing books. I think this was reviewing a historical book that was released. So it goes, our people is the most singular people under the heavens.
They are ready to run anywhere and to run through everything. This Anthony, gyrating about these pampers, now exhibiting a magic lantern to keep himself from starving with my friend Crosby, at another moment in a retreat like a whirlwind with whole hordes South American Tartars after his emaciated skeleton. Next thing slumping into a dirty dungeon, tomorrow strapping it across the dizzy heaven kissing Cordilleras. I'm gonna be honest, that felt like I was just reading the scribblings of a madman. But the fact that it mentions South American is rather curious because, again, connected to the whole Peruvian, Peruvian kingdom, did the Tartars go over like we've heard?
It's very possible. And finally, absolutely nothing to do with actual American Tartars, but in 1938 I find it quite interesting that there was a synthetic organic chemical company actually called American Tartars Corp. So yeah, I thought that was quite cool, actually called American Tartars Corp. The weird things you come across, But anyway, I think I'll call that the end of the video because it's been quite a long one. We've gone into almost every American Tartarian document I can find.
We did have some that we could delve deeper into, which I think we might have to in separate videos. But I think we tackled that well today, and I'd love to hear your opinions down below. What do you think was going on there? I think my personal opinion, I think it's, it's likely that the the Chinese were moving over to America quite often. I think if the if ancient people were making those journeys on boats, think the Chinese were very clearly able to do it.
The ancient Chinese, the we saw the Fu Sang, they're talking about it. We know the Tantas had a navy. There's stories about Hakata apparently going to North America. That's possible. Maybe it was the Quivera.
Maybe we're talking about Alaska. Maybe they crossed over there. I'm not exactly sure. But I think the evidence does suggest that people in the eighteen hundreds at least definitely believed that the Indians were connected to the Tatars. A lot of learned people do believe that.
DNA wise, they do descend from the same people, but again, they say thousands of years ago. They say there haven't been any crossings since. I think the most recent crossings would be, you know, circa five thousand years ago, something like that. But why wouldn't they have been able to do it since that? It it doesn't really make sense.
So whether Kublai Khan's men did land in Peru and form the Peruvian empire? Maybe. Are the Aztecs connected? Maybe. Was there a West Coast kingdom of, of Tatars?
Then, And of course, we heard about the Tatars that were fighting against the Malays and apparently wiped them out in America and then just became the dominant force. So what do you guys think to that? We're gonna be having a look at something somebody sent me, which is apparently iced over canals and possibly ruins buried under the ice in Greenland. So we're gonna be having a look at that as well as some old maps of Greenland. So once again, this is none of my research.
This has been sent to me by somebody else. So we're just gonna be having a look over it, and you can make up your own minds and tell me what you think in the comments down below. So first things first, we're gonna have a look at what Greenland looks like on these different satellite images. So we've got this from Bing. This is the Bing satellite imagery.
We can see Greenland here. It's pretty much just covered in ice. Aside from the odd sections like down here, we can see that the whole thing is pretty much covered with ice. Over here, we've got some areas where it doesn't seem to be any, but generally, the whole thing is covered with ice. Now this is from Yandex, The same thing really, except we see more ice in the northern regions, so perhaps these satellite images were taken at a different time.
Although, look at that. Very strange. Not put much effort into that. And down here, we can see the proper satellite imagery, but we can see that it's covered in ice. The Google Maps version, we can see the same thing.
Once again up here, melted ice, but the whole thing generally covered in ice. And the final one is ArcGIS, and we can see again the same thing that we're seeing. Absolutely covered in ice. Bit more detail up here. And finally, on Google Earth, we can zoom in.
And once again, it is just completely flat, and you can't really make out anything. Look at that. So there's not much structure going. Oh, if we zoom in even further actually, we do get a little bit of land. Not really much to work with, is it?
As you can see, keep zooming out and that is it. So it gives you an idea that you can't really get much information from using these maps, which fair enough. They're not exactly gonna have mapped out the entire snowy regions, but it does raise some curious questions about what might be lying under here. So how old is the ice over Greenland? More than a million years ago, frosty Greenland was ice free.
Its bare bedrock exposed for two hundred and eighty thousand years. The atomic isotope, beryllium 10, told the scientists that the rock had at one point been ice free. To gauge how long that period lasted, they compared the amounts of beryllium to quantities of aluminum 26. It appears at a seven to one ratio to beryllium 10, but decays twice as fast. Quantity of aluminum atoms relative to beryllium told the scientists that once the ice cover melted away, the rock was exposed for more than two hundred and eighty thousand years up until about 1,100,000 years ago.
So to summarize, the ice on the island of Greenland is about 1,100,000 years old. The presence of ice rafted sediments in deep sea cores recovered from Northeast Greenland in the Fram Strait and South Of Greenland indicated the more or less continuous presence of either an ice sheet or ice sheets covering significant parts of Greenland for the last eighteen million years. From about eleven million years ago to ten million years ago, the Greenland ice sheet was greatly reduced in size. The Greenland ice sheet formed in the Middle Miocene by coalescence of ice caps and glaciers. The Western And Eastern Greenland Mountains constitute passive continental margins that were uplifted in two phases, ten and five million years ago in the Miocene epoch.
There was an intensification of glaciation during the late Pylocene. Ice sheet formation occurred in connection to uplift of the West Greenland and East Greenland uplands. More information for the official history of Greenland can be found on the Wikipedia page or in other sources, but one of the most interesting points that it makes is this. The waste of the ice has depressed the central area of Greenland. The bedrock surface is near sea level over most of the interior of Greenland, but mountains occur around the periphery, confining the sheet along its margins.
If the ice suddenly disappeared, Greenland would most probably appear as an archipelago, at least until Isis Stacy lifted the land surface above sea level once again. So interestingly, they're claiming that we would have an archipelago, which is a series of islands if the ice was to actually melt away from Greenland because of the weights of the ice, which has depressed the central area causing it to sink. And if it was to suddenly melt, then supposedly, we'd be left with a series of islands. Interestingly, if we turn to this book, The Anatomy of Melancholy by Robert Burton from 1638, we can see written on page 67, this section down here, when the man is talking about different types of fowl, peacocks and pigeons, ducks and geese, swans, cranes, coots, water hens, all of these types of fowl that were coming, it says, that come hither in the winter out of Scandia, Muscovy, Greenland, Friesland, which half the year are covered all over with snow and frozen up. So the point being there is that for half the year, Greenland is supposedly frozen up with snow, only for half the year, which is a bit of an odd suggestion because as we know, Greenland is supposed to be the only permanent ice sheet outside of Antarctica.
Now if we come to this 1570 MacArthur map, which shows the lands of Hyperborea in the center, you can see down here that Greenland is clearly marked and appears to be ice free with mountains marked and many rivers as well as towns. According to the official narrative, three quarters of Greenland is covered by the only permanent ice sheet outside of Antarctica. With a population of about 56,480 people in the year 2013, it is the least densely populated territory in the world. About a third of the population live in Nuuk, the capital and largest city. The Arctic Umeac Line ferry acts as a lifeline for Western Greenland connecting the various cities and settlements.
The image below should give you a general idea of how populated the place is and where everyone is at. Greenland has been inhabited at intervals over at least the last four thousand five hundred years by Arctic peoples whose forebearers migrated there from what is now Canada. Norsemen settled the uninhabited southern parts of Greenland beginning in the tenth century, having previously settled Iceland to escape persecution from the king of Norway and his central government. These Norsemen would later set sail from Greenland and Iceland with Leif Eriksson becoming the first known European to reach North America nearly five hundred years before Columbus reached the Caribbean Islands. In the thirteenth century, Inuit peoples arrived.
Though under continuous influence of Norway and Norwegians, Greenland was not formally under the Norwegian crown until December. The Norse colonies disappeared in the late fifteenth century when Norway was hit by the Black Death and entered a severe decline. Soon after their demise, beginning in 1499, the Portuguese briefly explored and claimed the island, naming it Terra De Labrador, later applied to Labrador in Canada. In the early eighteenth century, Danish explorers reached Greenland once again to strengthen trading and power. Denmark and Norway affirmed sovereignty over the island.
Because of Norway's weak status, it lost sovereignty over Greenland in 1814 when the union was dissolved. Greenland became Danish in 1814 and was fully integrated into the Danish state in 1953 under the constitution of Denmark. If we come to this 1747 map of old Greenland provided to us by David Rumsey, We can see clearly Greenland depicted here with some kind of strange passage through the middle. And when we zoom in on it, it is said here, these straits were formerly passable, but now they are shut up with ice. So we have a strange passage going straight through the middle of Greenland, which supposedly was passable.
At some point in history, they were told, you used to be able to go through here, but now it's shut up with ice. We can see here comparing that map to a satellite image of Greenland gives us a general position of where this canal or passageway might have been situated. A zoomed in image provided to us by the Stolen History Forum shows what they believe to be this passage going through the center here between these mountains. This here is a 1592 map by Vincenzo Coronelli displaying the southern tip of Greenland with no ice. It has two straights or channels.
Additionally, it presents us with an ever confusing topic of whether Friesland ever existed. It's interesting to note the many trees that seem to be growing in the southern tip. This illustration is taken from the book, The Description of Natural History of Greenland by Hans Egger and published by Philippa in 1763. Once again, we can see a canal moving through the center of Greenland. Another image here shows what would have been the passage going through the center again, and two more down south like we saw on the other image.
This map is from 1770. Now, of course, we do have this older 1569 map, which shows no canals at all, but does seem to show the mountain ranges of Greenland even though we don't have much detail. Another map of Greenland from 1818 has had the mainstream narrative applied to it. The mainstream narrative, of course, calls it the incorrect assumption as seen from this with a map of Greenland illustrating the incorrect assumption that the Norse settlements of Greenland were located in Southwest And Southeast Greenland. Many of the localities named in the Icelandic sagas are placed on this map at imaginary sites on the unknown East Coast Of Greenland.
The map is from the second English edition of Hans' description of Greenland, a slightly modified version of the first English edition published in 1741. The map, of course, shows the same things as we saw before. It is said that this straight was formerly passable, but now is choked up with ice. And, of course, ridges of mountains covered with perpetual ice and snow. But, of course, it is important to note that they only call it the ridges of the mountains.
In 1888, Friedrich Nansen, a mere biology student at the University of Oslo and an avid skier, organized a daring expedition crossing the Greenlandic ice sheet from east, a mostly uninhabited wasteland, to west, where most of the Greenlanders lived, as opposed to the previous Greenlandic expeditions, which had all started from west to east. Nansen was not alone on this journey. He assembled a crew that included some highly competent and hardy men. From left to right in this image, we see Olly Ravner, Christian Djektrussen, Fritschof Nansen, Otto Sverdrup, Christian Christian Santrana, and Samuel Johansen Balto. It is rather remarkable that Nansen's initial proposed route was exactly where the above mentioned canal would be.
Mister Nansen and co were unable to execute the planned route, shown here in red, and had to settle for one that they actually took in green. Is it possible that Nansen was working off information passed down to him from others which told him of a strait which could be passable. Nowadays, scientists are highly concerned with how fast Greenland is losing its million year old ice sheet. As a matter of fact, it was recorded that in one single day, 12,500,000,000 tons of ice melted. It's possible our scientists will have some interesting things to talk about in the near future as the ice melts, and historians too.
As shown from the section of this book published by the alumni of Marshall College in 1849, which says, the researches in Greenland too have been greatly extended by the labors of Reverend George T. Joe Jenison, where important ruins are situated. In volume three of the Royal Society of Northern Antiquaries, maybe found a vast deal pertaining to this subject from which it appears that Greenland 2 abounds in ancient ruins of much interest. So we can see in volume three of the Royal Society of Northern Answerqueries, there are vast ruins. Apparently, Greenland 2 is covered in ancient ruins of much interest, and we've never heard about this as far as I'm aware, ancient ruins in Greenland, which would be something important to look over.
We do notice on the United States naval special warfare command, the anchor is actually placed just off the coast of Greenland, which some people have suggested is symbolizing something. So is that a message there, or is that just reaching? You tell me in the comments down below. And going back to the points earlier about Greenland's ice melting, so the suggestions from the authors of this information, what they tell us is going on is apparently something happened to Greenland maybe five hundred, six hundred, seven hundred years ago at some point in the past. But in recorded history, something happened to Greenland to actually make it colder.
And they're suggesting that before that, people were living there. And, yes, it was cold, but it wasn't permanently frozen over as they're suggesting now. And as a result, this melting ice is just reverting to the way that Greenland was before, before this event changed it, before this event made it so cold that now all that ice is melting, returning to the ocean, and that it's all part of a natural cycle, which I think we can we could all debate about. That isn't why we're here today, but that's what the authors of the article say. And what do you think to that?
So once again, this was none of my information. This was coming from the Stolen History Forums, so you can take it with as much salt as you want. I'd like to hear your opinions down in the comments below, particularly about the canals. Is it possible that there are ancient ruins? Maybe Greenland really was passable with a a passage through almost the middle of it only a few hundred years ago.
I mean, those stories have got to have come from somewhere, surely, or maybe it's all just made up. So you let me know in the comments down below what you think about that. If you'd like to support the channel, there are a few ways you can do. The best way, the way that I prefer is if you join Patreon because then you can come and talk to us in the Discord channel. But that's completely up to you if that's something you wanna do.
If not, then just like and subscribe, and that'll keep me very, very happy. So thank you very much, guys. I'll catch you on the next episode of Ancient Historia.
reSee.it AI Summary
I was trafficked and tortured from the day I was born, kept in an underground facility in Rome with tunnels connecting to the Vatican, used by European elites. I witnessed child sacrifice in the Vatican, including the drinking of children’s blood. I believe religion, the military, media, medicine, intelligence agencies, and governments are controlled by satanic pedophile psychopaths.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
A survivor of satanic ritual abuse says she was trafficked and tortured from the day she was born in an underground facility in Rome, with tunnels connecting to the Vatican and used by European elites. She claims she witnessed child sacrifice being carried out inside the Vatican, including the drinking of children’s blood. She alleges that religion, the military, media, medicine, intelligence agencies, and governments are all under their control. “Our world is controlled and run by satanic pedophile psychopaths.”
Video Transcript AI Summary
The speaker describes being subjected to satanic ritual abuse, child sex trafficking, and torture from birth in 1964 until age 18 in 1982, when they left, moved to the United States, and changed their name, describing involvement through their Italian family line. They say they were tortured in an underground facility in Rome with tunnels connecting it to the subterranean levels of the Vatican. They claim they witnessed child sacrifice there, were trafficked from there, and were trafficked within the European elite. They state satanic rituals occurred in the Vatican and also in elite mansions in underground tunnels and in private outdoor areas.
When asked about common forms of abuse, the speaker lists: rape and gang rape; forced witnessing of torture and murder of animals and humans from babies to adults; electric shock; waterboarding; being buried alive with dead bodies; being put in coffins; being defecated and urinated on; watching people be disemboweled with entrails placed on them; “various forms of mind control”; horrific experiments on themselves and witnessing them on others; being locked in a freezer; being kept in cages and isolation boxes for long periods of time; and witnessing satanic rituals below the Vatican, including the brutalization and sacrifice of babies and children, ritualized drinking of their blood and organs, and the summoning of demonic entities via the ritual.
The speaker’s personal message to humanity is that the world is controlled and run by satanic pedophiles and psychopaths in the highest positions of authority and power globally. They say media, medicine, religious institutions, education, intelligence agencies, military, global agencies, and governments have been infiltrated at the top layers by this global cult. They state that pedophilia undergirds their system and is used for blackmail and control and as part of the satanic religion. They claim children are still being ritually abused, trafficked, and murdered in the millions today.
They say they are sharing their testimony to stop the abuse of children and of all of humanity, arguing that the perpetrators used trauma-based mind control with secrecy and deception and that exposing them is “of paramount importance.” The speaker claims the perpetrators poisoned food, water, air, bodies with pharmaceuticals and vaccines, and minds with media and miseducation, convincing people they have authority over humanity. They add that wars, terrorism, violence, weather warfare, poverty, scarcity, and engineered diseases have traumatized humanity. They claim the end game is genocide of most and complete enslavement of remaining, and that the perpetrators want people to worship Lucifer and normalize pedophilia, which they say is happening today. They conclude that the perpetrators can only succeed with compliance, consent, and cooperation, and call for knowing the truth and doing inner work to heal, restore, and come together to co-create a better way forward.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: I was subjected to satanic ritual abuse, child sex trafficking, and torture from my birth in 1964 to age 18 in 1982 when I left, moved to The United States, and changed my name. I was involved through my Italian family line. I was tortured in an underground facility in Rome that had tunnels connecting it to the subterranean levels of the Vatican. I witnessed child sacrifice there and was trafficked from there and within the European elite. The satanic rituals occurred in the Vatican as well as in elite mansions in underground tunnels and in private outdoor areas.
What were the most common forms of abuse you were subjected to? The kinds of abuse I was subjected to include rape, gang rape, being forced to watch the torture and murder of animals and humans ranging from babies to adults, electric shock, waterboarding, being buried alive with dead bodies, being put in coffins, being defecated and urinated on, watching people be disemboweled and having their entrails placed on me, various forms of mind control, horrific experiments on myself and witnessing them on others, being locked in a freezer, being kept in cages and isolation boxes for long periods of time, and watching satanic rituals below the Vatican, including the brutalization and sacrifice of babies and children, the ritualized drinking of their blood and organs, and the summoning of demonic entities via this ritual. What is your personal message for humanity? My message to humanity is that our world is controlled and run by satanic pedophiles, psychopaths who are in the highest positions of authority and power globally. All our systems, be it media, medicine, religious institutions, education, intelligence agencies, military, global agencies, governments have been infiltrated at the top layers by this global cult.
Pedophilia undergirds their system and is used as a mechanism of blackmail and control, as well as being part of the satanic religion. Children are still being ritually abused, trafficked, and murdered in the millions today. I am sharing my testimony because it is up to us to stop the abuse of children and indeed the abuse of all of humanity. These people have used trauma based mind control and succeeded with secrecy and deception, so exposing them is of paramount importance. They have poisoned our food, water, air, our bodies with pharmaceuticals and vaccines, our minds with media and miseducation, and they have convinced us they have authority over humanity.
They have traumatized us with wars, terrorism, violence, weather warfare, poverty, scarcity, and engineered diseases. Their end game is genocide of most and complete enslavement of remaining. They want us to openly worship Lucifer and normalize pedophilia, and we can see this happening today. They can only succeed with our compliance, consent, and cooperation. We need to know the truth so we can say no more.
And we need to do our inner work, heal and restore ourselves because when we do this, we step into our power, We can come together despite their many attempts to divide us and together co create a better way forward. Thank you.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
9/11 - How did we miss this? Voice recordings from the hijacked planes reveal an accent closer to Hebrew than Arabic. And remember that several of the "Muslim hijackers" were alive after 9/11. The truth is being covered up. https://t.co/q8jbYdK2lQ
Video Transcript AI Summary
The voice of the hijacker heard on the hijacked planes’ voice recorder is described as having an accent that matches an Israeli Hebrew accent. Seconds after that audio-related claim is mentioned, further transmissions are referenced in the narrative.
FBI director Mueller, BBC News, and ABC are said to have confirmed that seven of the 19 Muslims whose mugshots were flashed around the world did not die in the nine one one crashes. The account states that these seven individuals are alive and well and are victims of identity theft. The transcript then raises attention to an eighth accused Muslim, stating that this person died one year before the nine one one hijackings even occurred.
The transcript uses these points to introduce a series of questions about identity theft and investigative priorities. It asks who stole the identities of the mentioned individuals and why the FBI is not looking for the person or people responsible for the identity theft. It also focuses on the relationship between the alleged hijackers and the people whose identities were allegedly used.
If the hijackers really were Muslims, the transcript asks why they would steal the identities of fellow Muslims and thereby implicate other Muslims. It questions whether, in that scenario, the hijackers would be more likely to steal Israeli identities and put the blame on Israelis rather than taking identities from Muslims.
In the alternative scenario presented, the transcript asks whether the hijackers were Israelis, and if so, whether they would be more likely to steal the identities of Muslims and put the blame on Muslims. The transcript’s argument structure is centered on comparing these possible identity-theft targets—Israeli identities versus Muslim identities—against the stated identities attributed to the hijackers.
Overall, the transcript links together three main elements: (1) the hijacker voice recorder claim about an Israeli Hebrew accent, (2) the confirmation that seven of the 19 Muslims shown in mugshots are alive and victims of identity theft, and (3) the additional claim that an eighth accused Muslim died one year before the hijackings. It then culminates in questions about the identity theft perpetrator, the lack of FBI pursuit as framed by the transcript, and the implications of who would target which identities depending on whether the hijackers were assumed to be Muslims or Israelis.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: The voice of the hijacker heard from the hijacked planes voice recorder reveals that the accent of the hijacker matches an Israeli Hebrew accent. The next transmission comes seconds later. FBI director Mueller, BBC News, and ABC have confirmed that seven of the 19 Muslims whose mugshots were flashed around the world did not die in the nine one one crashes. They are alive and well and are victims of identity theft. An eighth accused Muslim died one year before the nine one one hijackings even occurred.
Who stole their identities and why isn't the FBI looking for them? If the hijackers really were Muslims, why would they steal the identities of fellow Muslims and implicate them? Wouldn't they be more likely to steal Israeli identities and put the blame on Israelis? If the hijackers were Israelis, wouldn't they be likely to steal the identities of Muslims and put the blame on Muslims?
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
DARPA, Palantir, Boeing, foreign countries, even Google have programs & technology that can read and write, manipulate, induce, project, and affect things & people in ways you never thought possible https://t.co/KalCbYpHTx
Video Transcript AI Summary
The transcript outlines a rapid advance of neuroscience and neurotechnology as potential weapons and the accompanying privacy, security, and societal risks. Key points include:
- The novelty and viability of neuroscience as a weapon: nanoparticulate agents and aerosolizable nanomaterials could be breathed in to disrupt blood flow or neural networks, and nanomaterials could enable electrodes to enter the head, creating vast arrays of implants that can read from and write to the brain remotely in real time. DARPA’s N3D program (next generation non-invasive neuromodulation) is cited as a path toward implantable electrodes that need not require brain surgery.
- Advances in AI-driven brain technologies: developments in artificial intelligence are enabling devices that can read minds and alter brains to treat conditions, while also raising privacy concerns about who has access to this technology and what it can reveal or affect.
- Privacy and data protection: Colorado enacted a first-of-its-kind law to protect private thoughts, but the discussion notes that ear pods and other devices can decode brainwave activity and determine attention, even if they cannot specify exactly what a person is paying attention to. The claim is made that brain data can be decoded to identify individuals and be used to discriminate, interrogate, or manipulate, with data often stored and shared without disclosure of storage, access, or breach procedures. The Neuro Rights Foundation reports two-thirds of brain-data–collecting companies share or sell data with third parties, and privacy protections are seen as a necessary but incomplete step.
- Brain data as an identifiable, sensitive trait: brain data are described as resembling fingerprints for identification, with privacy protections argued to be a no-brainer given their capacity to reveal thoughts, emotions, and memories. There is mention of private companies and countries racing to access, analyze, and alter brain data and the potential for government misuse to alter thoughts and memories as technology advances.
- Neuroscience in everyday devices and surveillance: devices like EarPods and wearables are discussed as capable of picking up brainwave activity and distinguishing not only attention but the nature of tasks (central tasks like programming vs. peripheral tasks like social media use). The combination of brainwave data with software and surveillance is described as enabling highly precise monitoring of attention and intent, raising questions about how such technologies should be used.
- At-home use and real-world applications: examples include brainwave-reading EarPods launching soon, and demonstrations of decoding attention and even memories or imagined content. The discussion notes ubiquitous monitoring for productivity, including the pandemic-era rise of “bossware” and the potential for these technologies to be used in workplaces or by advertisers or law enforcement.
- Security and misuse concerns: there are warnings about the security risks of Bluetooth-driven headsets, potential hacking, and the possibility of neuromodulation technologies being misused to influence or degrade mental states. There is emphasis on the need for proactive measures and a “jump on it” approach to develop safeguards.
- Public safety and political context: references to Havana syndrome and the fear of direct energy weapons targeting brains reflect concerns about deliberate, covert manipulation or disruption of brain function. Testimonies discuss the potential for covert weapons, the lack of visible entry/exit points like bullets, and the risk of labeling manipulated individuals as crazy.
- Ongoing questions and policy needs: discussions include why some information remains classified, the need to implement protective acts (like Havana Act), and the concern that AI integration with neuroweaponry could create new, uncharted risks, including the possibility of torture or targeting of civilians.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: This is why it becomes so important to understand the novelty and the viability of neuroscience as being leveraged as weapons. We then have the use of nanoparticulate agents, aerosolizable nanomaterials that can be breathed in and disrupt blood flow or neurological network activity, activity that can be used as an enclosed weapon or perhaps that can be used as a more broad weapon of disruption and or destruction. We also have the capability to utilize nanomaterials to get electrodes into a head and to create a vast array of viable sensors and transmitters. This is DARPA's N3D program, next generation non invasive neuromodulation, utilizing these techniques and technologies to create vast arrays of implantable electrodes that need not be put into the brain surgically that are then able to read from the brain and write into the brain remotely in real time.
Speaker 1: Advances in artificial intelligence are leading to medical breakthroughs once thought impossible, including devices that can actually read minds and alter our brains to help treat conditions like anxiety, Alzheimer's.
Speaker 2: But that technology raises privacy concerns. That's why Colorado passed a first of its kind law aimed at ensuring our private thoughts remain private. Our ear pods that can pick up brainwave activity and tell whether or not a person is paying attention or their mind is wandering. Okay. Well, you might think, fine.
But even if we can tell whether a person is paying attention or their mind is wandering, you can't tell what they're paying attention to. You would be wrong.
Speaker 1: Who has access to this technology?
Speaker 3: You know, Karen, everyone, believe it or not. You can buy devices on the Internet right now that can, to varying degrees, de code your brain waves. And the technology being developed by the likes of Elon Musk, Apple, Meta, and OpenAI can change, enhance, and control your thoughts, emotions, even your memories. It's the dawn of a new era filled with promise and peril. If the at home devices are impressive, those being used in the lab are even more so.
Our brain waves are like encrypted signals and using artificial intelligence, researchers have cracked the code, identifying frequencies for specific words to turn thought to text. That I just think it and AI knows what I'm thinking because of the pattern of my brain wave. But with the benefits come risks.
Speaker 4: It is some of the most sensitive data that you could possibly share with anyone.
Speaker 3: Data insurance companies could use to discriminate, law enforcement to interrogate, and advertisers to manipulate. Government too could get into our heads and potentially alter our thoughts, emotions, and memories as the technology advances.
Speaker 4: Nobody wants to live in a world where some of these misuses or abuses exist.
Speaker 3: While medical research facilities are subject to privacy laws, private companies that are amassing large caches of brain data are not. And based on a study by the Neuro Rights Foundation, two thirds of them are already sharing or selling the data with third parties. The vast majority of them also don't disclose where the data is stored, how long they keep it, who has access to it, and what happens if there's a security breach. Which is why Pazowski, medical director of the foundation, led the passage of a first in the nation law in Colorado that includes biological or brain data in the state privacy act, similar to fingerprints if the data is being used to identify people.
Speaker 4: This is a first step, but we still have a long way to go.
Speaker 3: And with companies and countries racing to access, analyze and alter our brains, Pazowski says privacy protections should be a no brainer.
Speaker 4: It's everything that we are. You know, it's everything about our thoughts, our emotions, our memories, our intentions.
Speaker 2: And Sean, we're also wondering, can any of these devices actually control a person's thoughts?
Speaker 3: They have been used to control the thoughts of mice in a lab.
Speaker 1: All right, so much to take in. Sean, thank you for that report.
Speaker 5: What
Speaker 2: do you think? Is it a future you're ready for? You may be surprised to learn that it's a future that has already arrived. Everything in that video that you just saw is based on technology that is already here today. Artificial intelligence has enabled advances in decoding brain activity in ways that we never before thought possible.
Sensors that can pick up your brainwave activity, earbuds, headphones, tiny tattoos that you can wear behind your ear. We can pick up emotional states like, you happy or sad or angry? We can pick up and decode faces that you're seeing in your mind. Simple shapes, numbers, your pin number to your bank account. It's not just your brain activity here that we can pick up.
We can also pick up your brain activity in different places, like as your neurons fire from your brain down your arm and send signals to your hand to tell you how to type, move. All of that could be decoded through electromyography, and that's what you're seeing here is a device now in the form of a simple wearable watch that can pick up that activity. And one of the pivotal acquisitions of the field, Meta acquired this company, Control Labs, in 2019 because major tech companies are investing and helping to make these devices universally applicable as the way in which we interact with the rest of our technology? What if everywhere has ubiquitous monitoring? In fact, during the pandemic, what we found was that 80% of companies admitted that they use at least some forms of so called bossware technology to monitor the productivity of their employees, whether it's a white collar employee monitoring what's on their screen, or in any other context, surveillance is part of our everyday lives.
Surveillance for productivity is part of what has become the norm in the workplace, and maybe with good reason. Nine out of 10 employees waste time during the workday. They focus on other things. There may be good reasons why we want to be able to find better ways to monitor whether somebody is paying attention or they're doing something different. The newest way to monitor attention is through a device like this one.
These are EarPods that are launching later this year. These EarPods, much like the video you watched earlier, are EarPods that can pick up brainwave activity and tell whether or not a person is paying attention or their mind is wandering. Okay. Well, you might think, fine, but even if we can tell whether a person is paying attention or their mind is wandering, you can't tell what they're paying attention to. You would be wrong.
Turns out that you can not only tell whether whether a person is paying attention or their mind is wandering, but you can discriminate between the kinds of things that they're paying attention to. Whether they're doing something like central tasks, like programming, peripheral tasks, like writing documentation, or unrelated tasks, like surfing social media or online browsing. When you combine brainwave activity together with other forms of software and surveillance technology, the power becomes quite precise. So what do we do with this? What do we do with technology that enables us to monitor brainwave activity for attention?
Do we embrace it? Do we resist it? If you've heard of Havana syndrome, Havana syndrome is a belief that people have suffered from the leading theory is that it's targeted microwave activity of brains to disrupt brainwave activity. There's no proof of it yet.
Speaker 5: I had a hearing this week in homeland security, and this this hasn't even become very mainstream yet, but it was about, different foreign adversaries using direct weapons, direct energy weapons against US citizens. They completely incapacitate citizens of The United States. You guys might have heard of it called Havana syndrome. And then we went down to the skiff, and we got a classified briefing from some of the people on the on the panel, and it was one of the most I'm a former Navy SEAL, so I've traveled around the world and hunted bad guys for a long time. But I can tell you this, when I went down to that skiff, it was one of the most terrifying briefs that I've ever been a part of.
Okay? This is how brazen our enemies are becoming because of how foolish, corrupt, incompetent, and I would act act actually say wicked we have become.
Speaker 2: But there's at least a couple dozen cases where there isn't a good explanation for why the individual suffered from disruption of mental abilities. And there's certainly a lot of investment in trying to figure out whether you could target the brain remotely. It's much more difficult to figure out how you could read the brain remotely.
Speaker 6: Let's get to that, because I think it's one of the most important and crucial questions about how this develops. And by the way, raise your hands. I'm just going to ask this question and then we'll move to the audience. You talked at the end. In the beginning you said you won't be able to read complex thoughts.
It seems as though we can understand emotions. There's some way you can recreate some images inside your head.
Speaker 2: Already, gamers have figured out, for example, while a person is wearing a headset, how to, you know, prime a person through their brainwave activity to be able to decode their PIN number and their home address. So you don't have to have your full complex thought decoded to reveal your thoughts, right? It just, it gets at what we think thought is.
Speaker 6: And how do you decode somebody's pin number? You flash a series of numbers and see how their brain reacts to them?
Speaker 2: So, you have recognition memory signals that are preconscious and subconscious, and this is part of why it's been used, for example, by governments to interrogate criminals. Do you recognize this potential co conspirator? Do you recognize, you know, this murder weapon? Those preconscious signals, like what we call the P300 wave or the N400 wave, these are before you even consciously process information. So, you could prime it with a number and then see if a person recognizes it.
And you can do it without them realizing that that's what you're doing.
Speaker 6: So will all of our passwords be cracked first by this or quantum computing?
Speaker 7: Hard to tell. Alright.
Speaker 8: There's a whole set of things around hacking and bad actors. So, for example if you have some headset and it communicates over Bluetooth Bluetooth is just not that secure. Most of these things are kind of read and not write. But there are technologies like TMS that do try to write signals to the brain. And I'm sure people are going to try to do that for various reasons.
Imagine those systems being hacked. So we really want to think this through. We want to get a jump on it. I think that's needed fundamental point. I completely agree with it.
No matter how long the time scales are on some of the specifics we need to get on it.
Speaker 9: I do fall on the side of this is moving faster rather than slower. You know I'm working with one of the world's experts on neurotech Rafael Ustad who says that things that he thought would take five years are now taking one or two. So I think we're moving faster. And also because a billion dollars a year is being spent just by China alone through its military and researching neurotech. And I'm quite confident that they're working on, even though they have no personal knowledge, decoding human thoughts, potentially using these devices for torture and other kinds of things.
Speaker 10: Use this artificial intelligence voice in the head to break down the ego and control an individual.
Speaker 11: Ultimately, yes. You can't plug your eardrums. You can't stop the sound. A lot of the targets are tricked into believing evil aliens have abducted their brains, demons. They're tricked.
Yes.
Speaker 10: How are they tricked?
Speaker 11: They're told. By who? By the voices. A lot of these school shootings, I think, that you hear about on the news, they hear voices.
Speaker 8: And we've learned that Cruz told the BSO detective that he heard a demon in his head.
Speaker 10: And police now say he also heard voices.
Speaker 12: Who heard voices in his head.
Speaker 11: The scripts they're called. And they're meant to confuse the very derogatory. That's just typical breakdown. And why would you wanna break down the ego of that person to rebuild it? So this gets into creating Manchurian candidates.
Speaker 3: Police have released video made by the man who opened fire at Florida State University
Speaker 11: in Project Soul Catcher. Referred to a Myron May as a Myron May, right? As a psychobomb. They didn't care who the target was. They were just trying to make him explode and do something bad.
He was a lawyer trained there. His reasoning why he shot up the school was he needed news publicity to make sure people understood this was real, and he left the video testimony.
Speaker 5: As sick as this may sound, I've even had stalkers following me into church.
Speaker 10: He believed government stalkers were harassing him and using a direct energy weapon to hurt him.
Speaker 11: But he gave out, seven packages in the mail, and the FBI intercepted them all. What were in these packages? Just information. Just information.
Speaker 3: May then opened fire at an FSU library, wounding three people. He was killed in a shootout with police.
Speaker 10: If these people do explode and do something bad like this, there's absolutely no way to prove that there's been any sort of manipulation to the brain. In this guy's case, talked about it. I mean, obviously, he talked
Speaker 11: But it but it was covered up.
Speaker 10: He's the way they they way they write the article, he sounds like a crazy person.
Speaker 5: Guys, if your assessments here are correct, these are very covert weapons, aren't they?
Speaker 13: That's correct. There's no entry or exit wound. How they're designed is to make the target feel like they're crazy, like they're imagining things.
Speaker 5: And you guys also said that these attacks are happening right here in this city. Is that correct?
Speaker 12: Mean, there have been some that have gone public with respect to Washington DC.
Speaker 5: I think it was mister you mister Grosev said, you spoke to a Russian agent who said that they believe that Americans are using the same weapons on them. Is that correct?
Speaker 11: That is correct.
Speaker 5: Might that have something to do with part of the CIA's motive to cover up the existence of the this tech and these weapons?
Speaker 11: That is a very logical possibility.
Speaker 5: Thank you. Mister chairman, I yield back.
Speaker 12: Gentleman yields. Chair now recognize the gentleman from New York, mister Goldman, for his random questioning.
Speaker 14: Thank you, mister chairman, and thank you to our witnesses for being here. Mister Grozov, I wanna follow-up a little bit on the interactions you've had with Russian intelligence about these a AHIs. And mister Zaid, you I wanna ask, and this is a hypothetical, but I I'm trying to understand why our government would try to block information sharing or conceal information that they have. And one thing that comes to mind is whether there's an operational risk to revealing any of the of the details of their investigation. Is is that something that you have come across, in any of your work?
There's a lot
Speaker 12: of reasons why the information might not be publicly released. And I do think that's something we could address more in a classified environment to explain that, but there are understandable reasons why the US government, has not revealed much of what it knows.
Speaker 13: There's some long term things that needs to be done in terms of of new acts. But in the short term, we need to do things like implement the original Havana Act. DOD still hasn't done it.
Speaker 7: So this is not out of the realm of these very nefarious people like in the CIA and these other types of secret societies institutions of our government. We're now finding out the use of AI can be used against people. We've already heard from the World Economic Forum that they have ability with AI to be able to read people's thoughts by putting in a little Bluetooth in someone's ear that they can actually see what someone is actually thinking about as they're working. They're gonna sell it to us, Alison, as this is gonna be good for employment because employers will know whether or not their employees are daydreaming or thinking about other things other than the job. But what is it saying?
It is saying that they now possess the ability to read our thoughts and now weaponize us with acoustical types of things that can be sent to us that throws us off balance or makes us feel crazy. This is all, where is it going? All about controlling the narrative, controlling people.
Speaker 15: Absolutely. That is most certainly what it is all about as has been made rather clear over the past couple of years, But, yeah, I think this could obviously take an extremely dangerous turn here. Mean, wouldn't be surprised if this led to targeting and testing and even, like, torturing of innocent civilians, which brings me to my next thought is which is the inevitable threat of artificial intelligence mixing into all this. Right? Mix AI into the use of neuroweaponry and you get an entirely new uncharted territory.
Speaker 7: And the whole idea is that we would have these biological sensors in our bodies and then they could read our thoughts, know our emotions, know whether we're hungry or not, or anything like that. And so now it's a warfare of information. They will have everything on you. They will know we are coming and going. And so this kind of warfare, this kind of being able to target individuals and think about this, there is no way to detect.
There's no entry point. There's no exit point like a bullet would have. They could just target somebody and they're saying, you know, yeah, he went crazy. Yeah. I'm sorry.
We we you know, and then turn the kill switch on somebody and, you know, and then lose a thread. Now
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
"Floor by floor, it started popping out" "It was as if they had detonated, as if they were planned to take down a building, boom, boom, boom, boom, boom, boom, boom, boom, boom" - FDNY firefighters describe what they saw when the World Trade Center collapsed on 9/11. https://t.co/YI0CjFsCUY
Video Transcript AI Summary
There was nobody here. What the fuck? What did we do? We made it outside. We made it about a block. We made it at least two blocks, and we started running floor by floor instead of popping out. It was like it was if if they had detonate. Yeah. Yeah. Plan to take down a building. All the way down. Was watching it and running. Just ran up West And then you just sort of this cloud of shit chasing me down. Could not run it West Street. I could not run.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: There was nobody here. What the fuck? What did
Speaker 1: we do? We made it outside. We made it about a block.
Speaker 0: We made it at least two blocks, and we started running floor by floor instead of popping out. It was like
Speaker 1: it was if if they had detonate. Yeah. Yeah. Plan to take down a building. All
Speaker 0: the way down. Was watching it and running. Just ran up West And then you just sort of this cloud of shit chasing me down. Could not run it West Street. I could not run
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Seven-year-old Cassidy Baracka vomited for over eight hours after receiving her first Covid mRNA injection. She was then given a second dose, which proved fatal. Despite this, her death certificate says she died from Covid-19. https://t.co/EATGDj8vBQ
Video Transcript AI Summary
Cassidy Baraka was seven years old, got her vaccine, reacted in five minutes. Vomited for eight to ten hours, then she got a second vaccine, terrible abdominal pain, and she died at seven years old from her second COVID shot. And the only thing on her death record in part one says she died from COVID.
Ian Schumacher was 11 years old.
Amaya McDonough Rocha was 12 years old. Cerebellar tonsillar and bilateral uncal herniation stroke in a 12 year old girl. She got four vaccines on 08/03/2022. Meningococcal, Tdap, her third COVID shot and HPV. She reacted and died from a stroke in that month. So these are all facts in the record in Massachusetts. So you have a legal duty to act to investigate the department. Every one of you has that legal duty. You took this job. And if you don't investigate it to find out that what I'm saying is true and they committed felony fraud as a matter of custom and practice in Massachusetts over inflating COVID deaths and hiding vaccine deaths. Okay. Thank you. All this science stuff goes over your heads. I get it. But the reality is these people died from the vaccine. They were certified on the records as having died from the vaccine and it was hidden by removing the Y59.0 code, which means death from viral vaccines. So it's being hidden from the public. So with the fraud that I'm accusing, what good are all your statistics? You got to straighten out your house first.
Thank you.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Cassidy Baraka was seven years old, got her vaccine, reacted in five minutes. Go ahead. I'll extend it for a few seconds. Vomited for eight to ten hours, then she got a second vaccine, terrible abdominal pain, and she died at seven years old from her second COVID shot. And the only thing on her death record in part one says she died from COVID.
Everybody can look this up. You can try to try me for felony. Whatever. This is all the truth. Ian Schumacher was 11 years old.
Amaya McDonough Rocha was 12 years old. Cerebellar tonsillar and bilateral uncal herniation stroke in a 12 year old girl. I hope doctors would understand what a cerebellar tonsillar and bilateral ankle herniation is in a 12 year old. She got four vaccines on 08/03/2022. Meningococcal Tdap, her third COVID shot and HPV.
She reacted and died from a stroke in that month. So these are all facts in the record in Massachusetts. So you have a legal duty to act to investigate the department. Every one of you has that legal duty. You took this job.
And if you don't investigate it to find out that what I'm saying is true and they committed felony fraud as a matter of custom and practice in Massachusetts over inflating COVID deaths and hiding vaccine deaths. Okay. Thank you. All this science stuff goes over your heads. I get it.
But the reality is these people died from the vaccine. They were certified on the records as having died from the vaccine and it was hidden by removing the Y59.0 code, which means death from viral vaccines. So it's being hidden from the public. So with the fraud that I'm accusing, what good are all your statistics? You got to straighten out your house first.
Thank you.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Former CDC Director Robert Redfield confirms - BY OATH - that they were hiding the side effects of the Covid-19 vaccines https://t.co/aGxwLIQrgv
Video Transcript AI Summary
Republicans on the subcommittee recount two years of work aimed at linking the COVID-19 origin to a Wuhan lab, arguing that Democrats hindered the pursuit of truth by blocking hearings. They contend mounting evidence supports a lab-origin, and they frame the hearing as a step toward uncovering the truth for Americans who have suffered from COVID-19.
Dr. Redfield is cited as having pointed to the lab-leak hypothesis as early as 2020, urging Fauci, Jeremy Farrar, and Tedros to take the lab-leak possibility seriously and to investigate both lab-origin and natural-origin hypotheses. Farrar convened an 11-scientist meeting across five time zones on February 1, inviting Fauci to join, with a note to treat the matter in total confidence. Redfield notes he was excluded from that call despite being included in prior discussions, and asks why he was left out.
Emails following the February 1 conference show the four scientists who had attended later told Fauci that they found the genetic sequence inconsistent with expectations from evolutionary theory. Yet, just three days later, these four scientists drafted the proximal origin of SARS-CoV-2 paper, arguing the opposite. The subcommittee asks for the likelihood that these scientists, after making that earlier statement, could conclude with such certainty that COVID-19 came from nature instead of a lab leak, and suggests Fauci prompted the paper to discredit the lab-leak theory.
Speaker 0 characterizes the February 2020 approach as antithetical to science, saying science requires debate and that this process squashed debate. They ask whether Fauci used the proximal-origin paper to hide gain-of-function research that created the virus.
Speaker 1 responds that they cannot speak to Fauci’s motivation but asserts the paper is inaccurate and part of a narrative to support a natural-origin story. They state the pandemic did not start in January at the seafood market, noting infections as early as September, and allege a narrative was decided to claim a wet market origin and to negate discussion about a laboratory origin.
With twenty seconds left, Speaker 0 raises a point that Fauci was told in January 2020 about NIH’s monetary relationship with the Wuhan Institute through EcoHealth Alliance and asks whether Fauci intentionally lied under oath when denying NIH funding of gain-of-function research. Speaker 1 asserts there is no doubt NIH funded gain-of-function research and adds that American tax dollars funded gain-of-function research from NIH, the State Department, USAID, and DOD. The exchange ends with Speaker 0 noting time and recognizing Ms. Dink.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Thank you, chairman. For two years, myself and the other republicans on this subcommittee connected the dots. We exposed the evidence supporting our strong belief that COVID was developed and leaked from the Wuhan lab. And during those same two years, the same Democrats that sit on this committee, they only hindered, they obstructed, they refused to hold hearings and get to the truth. Now we see mounting evidence supporting the COVID nineteen originated from the lab in Wuhan, China run by the communist Chinese, party, and this hearing is about getting to the truth.
I thank the chairman for making this the very first hearing because the American people who have seen just as many fellow Americans die from COVID, as nearly as many die from COVID that died in every war since the American Revolution combined deserve to know the truth. Doctor Redfield, you pointed to the lab leak theory even before we did. In 2020, you expressed concerns to doctor Fauci, to Jeremy Farrar of UK's Wellcome Trust, and to doctor Tedros of World Health Organization that, quote, we had to take the lab leak hypothesis with extreme seriousness. And you urged doctor Fauci to investigate both the lab and the natural hypotheses. Shortly thereafter, on February 1, Farrer convened a meeting of a group of 11 top scientists across five time zones, and asked Doctor.
Fauci to join, and he wrote, quote, my preference is to keep this group really tight. Obviously, ask everyone to treat in total confidence, unquote. Doctor Redfield, you were excluded from this call, but up until then, you had been on every single, you were included in every other conversation. What changed? Why do you think that you were excluded from these conversations?
Speaker 1: Thank you very much. I think just to emphasize in in early to mid January, I did have multiple calls with Fauci, Farrar, and and Tedros about how important I thought it was that science get engaged in in aggressive aggressively pursuing both hypotheses. I also expressed as a clinical virologist that I felt it was not scientifically plausible that this virus went from a bat to humans and became one of the most infectious viruses that we have for humans. All viruses are not the same. So when you look at coronaviruses with for SARS and MERS, for example, when they entered the human species, which they did via an intermediate, they never learned how to go human to human.
Even to this day, they don't know how to go human to human. So you can't equate Ebola with a coronavirus.
Speaker 0: Now why do you why do you think you were excluded from those calls?
Speaker 1: I I because it was it was told to me that, they wanted a single narrative and that I obviously had a different point of view.
Speaker 0: Okay. In emails following the conference call for the 11 scientists told Fauci that they all found the genetic sequence inconsistent with expectations from evolutionary theory, basically what you're saying. However, just three days later, these four scientists had drafted a paper arguing the exact opposite, and that's now the infamous proximal origin of SARS CoV-two. Our investigations show this paper was prompted by doctor Fauci among others with a goal to disprove the lab leak theory. What is the likelihood that these scientists came across additional information just three days after making these statements to conclude with such certainty that COVID nineteen came from nature instead of the lab leak that they thought it was three days earlier?
Speaker 1: Yeah. I think it's unfortunate. Again, I've said this before that this whole approach that was taken on January on February 1 and subsequently in the month of February. If you really wanna be truthful, it's antithetical to science.
Speaker 0: Thank you.
Speaker 1: Science has debate, and they squashed any debate.
Speaker 0: Thank you. Given what we know now and looking at all the conversations in February 2020 and before the release of the paper, do you think that, doctor Fauci used this paper to hide the gain of function research created the gain of function research created this virus?
Speaker 1: I can't talk about Fauci's motivation.
Speaker 0: Do you think that the paper does hide the truth?
Speaker 1: I think it's an inaccurate paper that basically was part of a narrative that they were creating. Remember, this pandemic did not start in January at the seafood market. We now know there was infections all the way back in September. This was a narrative that was decided that they were going to say this came from the wet market and they were going to do everything they could to support it to negate any discussion about the possibility that this came from a laboratory.
Speaker 0: I've twenty seconds left. Doctor. Fauci was affirmatively told an email that NIAID had a monetary relationship with the Wuhan Institute through EcoHealth Alliance. He he was told this in 01/27/2020. Do you think that doctor.
Fauci intentionally lied under oath to senator Paul when he vehemently denied NIH's funding of gain of function research?
Speaker 1: I think there's no doubt that NIH was funding gain of function research.
Speaker 0: Is it likely that American tax dollars funded the gain of function research that created this virus?
Speaker 1: I think it did, not only from NIH, but from the State Department, USAID, and from DOD.
Speaker 0: I'm out of time. Thank you very much.
Speaker 1: Now recognize Ms.
Speaker 0: Dink
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
The man who awarded Barack Obama the Nobel peace prize in 2009, and who was chair of the Nobel Committee was an Epstein Island regular visitor. https://t.co/Mmg6nWHeo9
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
A 2-hour long deep dive into Freemasonry: • The Ancient Roots Of Freemasonry • Secret Societies & Their Purpose • What Actually Happens Inside These Organizations https://t.co/pTb61FLXAK
Video Transcript AI Summary
Gary Wayne discusses a network of hidden power behind surface institutions, focusing on Freemasonry and other secret orders as part of a long lineage tied to royal bloodlines and fallen angelic influence. He emphasizes that membership in Freemasonry is by invitation, and that many members worship whatever god they choose at first, because the organization’s aim is to convert adepts to worship the “great architect of the universe” (a name he equates with Lucifer/Satan). He describes Freemasonry as a ladder of degrees, with the first level of adept (beyond initiations) involving oaths of secrecy; he notes that the Scottish Rite’s thirty-second degree and the York Rite’s thirty-third degree carry particular meanings in his view, and he says pureblood descendants are initiated at a young age.
Key hierarchical structure and genealogies
- He outlines a layered hierarchy: Freemasonry at the bottom; then Illuminati; Rosicrucians; Committee of 300; Council of 33 Families; and 13 Families at the top in the West, with additional families likely globally. The 13 Families in the West are said to be connected to prehistory and traceable to Nephilim or Rephaim lineages, along with celestial influences.
- He connects these secret societies to a broader royal “elite” lineage (“Elim” as root) that controls education, religion, government, and big business, forming a global network that funnels power through legal structures (town squares, courthouses, churches) to establish legacies in new towns and territories.
- The Rosicrucians are described as intersections between purebloods and rising lower bloodlines that flow into Freemasonry and the Illuminati, forming a trunk-and-branch model of organizational influence.
Azazel, fallen angels, and human history
- Azazel (the scapegoat) is described as the chief of the fallen angels known as Satans in the Book of Enoch, who taught war arts and technology to mankind. Azazel is presented as the most influential of the watchers, with Semiyazah discussed as a related figure. The fallen angels are said to have taught various arts and crafts, contributing to a deep reservoir of forbidden knowledge that the secret societies draw upon.
- He traces these influences through mythologies and genealogies, linking ancient giants and the celestial “mafia” to the present-day power structures, claiming that princes like Vlad the Impaler (Dracula) and other bloodline figures are connected to this lineage.
Alice Bailey, Gnosticism, and Luciferianism
- Alice Bailey is identified as a major figure associated with Theosophy and the New Age, connected to Gnosticism and polytheistic end-times thinking. Wayne states she predated and influenced Freemasonry’s occult currents, describing Luciferianism as a low-level misrepresentation that exists within the broader occult system.
- He distinguishes “Luciferian” as a subculture or misinformation layer within a broader reality where Lucifer is identified with the god of Freemasonry, though not all affiliated groups share the same practices or beliefs. He argues that Gnosticism and Theosophy have shaped modern occultism, leading to a polytheistic end-time worldview.
Secret societies, Freemasonry, and modern governance
- Freemasonry is described as the recruiting arm, with ongoing recruitment to preserve genealogical lines and to influence politics, the military, and governance. He asserts that the “Illuminati” operates within Freemasonry, while the Knights of Columbus and other clubs serve as lower-level entry points (e.g., Elks, Lions) that feed into higher networks.
- He claims that the global banking and economic systems (World Bank, IMF, WTO) feed into the higher echelons of the trunk, while entities like Skull and Bones function as initiatory systems in the United States, leading toward the Committee of 300 and related globalist structures.
- He recounts a distributed, decentralized model of power: royal families and their bloodlines seed new towns, take control of legal blueprints, and place Masonic or Rosicrucian lodges in key urban centers to anchor influence in civic life.
End-time prophecies, timelines, and eschatology
- He explains multiple eschatological frameworks (pre-trib, mid-trib, post-trib), cautioning against forcing a single timetable. He emphasizes fitting chronology around Jesus’ template, using Matthew 24, Mark 13, Luke 21, and Daniel as anchors, with Revelation serving as a culmination that should be read in harmony with the earlier Scriptures.
- The last seven years are centered around the abomination of desolation and the rise of Antichrist, with the “hour” of trial and the “great tribulation” described in distinct ways across the Gospels and Revelation. He distinguishes tribulation (phlipsis) from wrath, asserting that the church will be kept from wrath but may face tribulation, while the ungodly face the wrath.
- The sequence of events includes:
- The rapture (pre-trib timing or otherwise), the first resurrection as first fruits, and the martyrdom of faithful believers who are part of the first resurrection.
- The rise of the 10 kings who hand power to the Antichrist, the destruction of Babylon (often associated with Rome and a future universal religion), and the global economic and religious consolidation.
- The sequence of Daniel 9, 11-12 timelines, and Revelation’s seals, trumpets, and bowls, aligning the rise of Antichrist with a seven-year period commencing near the abomination, followed by a mid-point abomination and Armageddon at the end of the cycle.
- The “second Exodus” for Israel during the end times, the resurrection of certain groups (e.g., dry bones of Ezekiel 37), and the wilderness protection of Judah during the mid-point of the tribulation.
- He links Jerusalem’s status and its control to the start of the prophetic clock, noting the 1967 and potential future markers as possible starting points for the fig tree generation. He suggests a rough generational window into the 2030s if the start point is Jerusalem, but emphasizes that precise timing is uncertain and that prophets should not replace Scripture.
- He notes the distinction between a polytheist end-time religion and prophetic events, arguing that Babylon will be a city-state representing a universal religion that governs the 10 kings, with Rome as a continuing symbolic anchor for Babylon in prophecy.
Practical guidance and closing themes
- He urges readers to read the Bible for themselves, to avoid reimagining passages to fit preconceived timetables, and to be prepared for tribulation while trusting in Jesus’ ultimate sovereignty. He encourages believers to live with purpose and evangelize while recognizing that historical conflict and fear can be overcome by understanding prophecy in its chronological order and staying grounded in the Redeemer’s words.
- He also cautions against overidentifying with popular media or entertainment (e.g., Tolkien, Lewis, Lord of the Rings, Narnia) as sources of spiritual guidance, arguing that these works can reflect hidden agendas when not viewed critically.
Overall, the discussion weaves together Freemasonry’s alleged genealogical roots, the empire of secret societies, fallen angels’ influence, and a detailed, highly specific interpretation of end-time chronology—combining biblical exegesis with conspiracy-theory pathways about power, bloodlines, and the orchestration of global events toward a prophesied culmination.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Is Lucifer the god of the Freemasons? Yes. To join Freemasonry, you have to be invited. You can't just join it. And the general sort of understanding is that this is gonna be very good for business, for social interaction, for your career.
Speaker 1: So they allow you to worship, like, Jehovah or Yahweh?
Speaker 0: You worship any god you want, but that's the only qualification because they're gonna convert whoever they are over to worshiping the right architect of the universe, hell, hell, Satan. AI has the same destination whether you're doing it for good or evil. So it's like good magic and black magic.
Speaker 1: Do these people know that they're advancing a system that has been prophesied as having to happen for the rise of the antichrist or do they not?
Speaker 0: The fallen angels continue to tell their offspring, their descendants of their offspring, that they can still win.
Speaker 1: Is there a hierarchy for these things like Illuminati Freemasons?
Speaker 0: The fairy tale concept goes back many years for when they're ready to reveal things that we would accept that more easily, and they can tell us that they told us. We just didn't understand. This fairy tale concept that both Tolkien and Lewis were talking about is they consider the bible a fairy tale because they both said so. I'll show you their doctrines and the fruits of their works, and if they ever became Christian, they never recanted their writings. Many Freemasons are witches.
Why? Because they're adepts, and they are leading the setting up of new towns. They're there to set up their legal claim to the new continent. When Moses dies, we have Satan showing up to claim his body. That's because he is initiated at Heliopolis.
People confuse and conflate wrath and tribulation.
Speaker 1: You said you don't wanna live through it.
Speaker 2: No. Do you think you will? Probably.
Speaker 1: People have to get over the fear of death in all connotations because if you know what is really going to happen, you won't be fearful. Hey, before you get into this, this is a dense and meaty episode. We have Gary Wayne back in town with us. And we talked a lot about a lot of different things. We covered a bit of the ancient roots of Freemasonry, some secret societies, what happens in those organizations.
And we spent a big chunk of time talking about end time prophecy, which personally I was very fascinated with. And shocker, it's all in the Bible and it's very easy to read and understand. So, you're gonna like this one, but it is dense. And so prepare yourself. There are a couple moments where, we just, we gotta come up for air and talk about something silly like Lord of the Rings.
And then we go back into, the end times stuff and it's awesome. It will leave you inspired, maybe a little bit afraid, but also inspired. Enjoy. Everyone wants to get to high places, but if you wanna go high, you first have
Speaker 2: to go deep.
Speaker 1: What's up? Welcome back. It's Deep End. What's up, Jake? What up?
What were you looking at?
Speaker 2: I was just double checking your camera.
Speaker 1: I know. I like how you smoothed back into place right before you had to respond. Yeah. You are a professional.
Speaker 2: I try to do my job well, bro.
Speaker 1: You're hardcore, man.
Speaker 2: Thank you.
Speaker 1: You're so hardcore. Hey. We're here with Gary Wayne, the Gary of Wayne from Canada. Thank you for being here.
Speaker 0: Thank you for inviting me.
Speaker 1: You're always welcome. You could live here if you want.
Speaker 0: Well, that's a good place to live.
Speaker 1: We've got a place for you. You stay all the time. Answer all my questions. If you're not familiar with Gary Wayne, he is a Christian conspiracist. Woah.
Contrarian conspiracist. Wow. Would he be a conspiracist too?
Speaker 0: Well, they'd have to be with the name of the book.
Speaker 1: We should talk about the difference between conspiracy theories and delayed truth. We'll talk about that in a minute. He wrote the two books, the Genesis six conspiracy, which is fascinating. You should pick up a copy of this book and read it. And then Genesis Six Conspiracy part two, which is, more about it's got prophetic elements about how tracing this and knowing this prepares us for the end times.
Which book was your favorite to write?
Speaker 0: They're they're both good, but I really like
Speaker 2: Oh, Gary, let's put your mic a little bit closer. Sorry. Keep going. Keep going. You're good.
Perfect.
Speaker 0: He works.
Speaker 1: Like that mic in his face.
Speaker 0: I don't
Speaker 1: think he does. He likes it far away.
Speaker 0: I do.
Speaker 1: So you were telling us your favorite.
Speaker 0: Yeah, I think I like both, but I think my favorite is book two. In book one, I had different goal for what I wanted to do, but book two really played to things that I had already researched on and sort of alluded to. But the nature of the book where I was trying to let historians and organizations and religions speak in their own words, I tended to use those quotes just to verify the veracity of what they had said. But in book two, because it's directly for Christians and to go deeper into the Bible, then I could get into some of those other things that I was kind of alluding to. So I go deeper into etymology, I go deeper into word meanings in the Hebrew, in the Greek, and I go deeper into prophecy.
And then I also go so deep in book two in terms of trying to understand the Old Testament and how the Bible is written that it really is my favorite because it gave me an opportunity to write about things that I thought I probably wouldn't write about. And I said I would never write a sequel. And that's because I didn't understand how to write it and I didn't want to be redundant. I had other things that I wanted to do versus what the audience was saying that they wanted. And so I finally listened and I stopped the book I was writing and then I learned how to write book three through book two.
Which will be ready? Probably a couple three years with the calendar looking. A couple
Speaker 1: three years, like nine, six, nine years.
Speaker 0: I will guarantee it's shorter than book two and shorter than book one. It's like
Speaker 2: 800 pages.
Speaker 0: Maybe not that much shorter because it's gonna be loaded with information.
Speaker 1: Do you want me to proof it for you? If you send it to me earlier,
Speaker 0: can I could do that?
Speaker 1: Yeah. Okay. I will take that, Mantle. I will take that for you. I can't wait to read book three.
You were telling me a little bit it. We drove to Chipotle to eat food and I wish I would have recorded the whole thing because just that I had had a question and then that question turned into like my whole life being rethought because everyone's lied to me. So back to the conspiracy thing.
Speaker 2: Oh no.
Speaker 1: Christians have a bad name sometimes for me, conspiracy theorists. But then you find out that they were right like three years after the fact. I don't know if you've ever talked about this, but like the development of conspiracy as a word and how it's basically come in and anything that is truth or putting it in movies so that we don't look at it. Like how far should we go? Because I could find myself going crazy if I go down that rabbit hole.
Speaker 0: Yeah, they've changed the meaning of conspiracy to mean something that it wasn't really designed to convey. But that's not unusual in today because they were able to coin a phrase to seed more information and utilize even what was true for the misinformation. And so it kind of works for benefit to do it but it's starting to flip on that because as you sort of I think were alluding to in recent years, all the things that everybody said was conspiracy is turning out to be true. So that opens the door to how much are they lying to us about. And my message to people is you have no idea how much they're hiding from you and trying to mislead you with and until you understand their language and how they operate, they've got you right where they want you and it's kind of like being a mushroom so to speak.
And in a way that they keep you pacified and not curious and you've been prepared to do that all of your life. So if you're wanting to understand how the world works then you're going to probably do it in phases and it's gonna be difficult. It's eye opening once you recognize the patterns of what's going on but it's better to know than not to know. And it's better to make a choice based on informed information than not to make a choice because no choice is still a choice.
Speaker 1: Yep, when you say they, you're referring primarily to the families and the royals that kind of precede government that we would think about today.
Speaker 0: Yeah. It's the invisible ones that work behind the scenes literally invisible as the spiritual realm and the hierarchy who the visible ones answer to. And that's the external hierarchy that Alice Bailey is talking about for and when she wrote 2025, you're going to have the externalization of the hierarchy. So we're going to see the invisible ones become more visible as we get closer to the days of Noah, so to speak. And that we'll find out how they're working with the visible ones but they're still going to do it in a way that it's going to confuse you.
So that's why you want to be able to discern things and that there are invisible ones as they like to talk about within the visible ones and they've become more invisible, more from about the the twelfth to thirteenth century on just as you have the council of 33 families who call themselves the invisible ones, right? So they remain more behind the scenes than front and center. So when we're looking at this hierarchy of who runs things, it's the secret societies, but the secret societies is an organizational structure that comes from the royals. And when I use the word royale, I'm talking about a word that goes back in its etymology through French king to regalis and regal out of Latin for ruler and reg for ruler in Indo Aryan, the language of the giants. Because that language of the giants infiltrates our languages even into this day.
And El as in Al, is a transliteration of El for an angel or a god. So it's the royals who set up all of the organizational structures around the world. The secret societies is probably the largest one as it interconnects with other types of organizations but it's the easiest way to understand how it works with the royals at the top beginning with the 13 families in the West, not around the world, 13 families in the West. There's probably another 13 families around the world. And the 33 families underneath and the committee of 300 families with the Rosicrucians as that intersection between the purebloods and the rising lower bloodlines that come up through Freemasonry, Illuminati into the Rosicrucian's bottom half as part of that thalamic tree trunk.
Speaker 1: Is there a hierarchy for these things like Illuminati, Freemasons,
Speaker 0: etcetera? Yeah, gave it to you but I'll start from the bottom. Freemasonry at the bottom, Illuminati, Rosicrucian, Committee of three hundred Families, Council of thirty three Families, 13 Families intersects into There'd be I'm not sure how many families, of the 13 that are part of the worldwide one, but they are well represented.
Speaker 1: Are those 13 families traceable back to the Nephilim?
Speaker 0: Yes. They will keep their genealogies that go back into prehistory. They'll go back two fold. One to a Nephilim or a Rephaim patriarch or matriarch and to one of the celestial mafia godfathers. So one of the fallen angels.
And so they keep these genealogies forever. I mean right from the beginning they've kept them. So when Prince Charles before he became King Charles III, he said he was descended from Vlad the Impaler which is who Dracula is based on, the vampire movies and Dracula means son of a dragon with the A on the end and it's rooted in Draconta and Dracont meaning a watcher in Greek. And that's just the tip of the iceberg because Vlad the Impaler is your typical noble cult, your noble giant. He's red haired, he's hazel eyed, pale skinned, sensitive to light, educated at the mystery school in Austria in Vienna.
And he's of the bloodlines and he takes his bloodlines back to a tribe produced by Hercules, the Agriethe, another branch as well because there's an ennobling that goes on. So there's two patriarchal angels involved there. But understanding their part, at least in part of the credit gens that we talked about in another show, it's coming from Zeus as the credit gens is one of those genses. There's another angel that they would take in their belief system. I don't have a lot of documentation on this, so I do want to be careful with it.
I have some, but it tends to go back to Tamiel, which we might know as Chazidea in the book of Enoch. And so those would be the two. So if that last one isn't 100% true, I'm told it's ennobled, but it's hard to get verification on some of these things.
Speaker 1: What was that fallen angel responsible for doing?
Speaker 0: Well, it was one of the top seven in the book of Enoch, So you would look at that as one of the
Speaker 2: top
Speaker 0: Satans. So in the Book of Enoch you have Satan, Hasatan and then Satan. So Azazel is one of them but Azazel would be sort of the chief of the Satans. So very powerful, would be represented today as one of the seven wandering stars, seven days of the week and the main, the famous seven around the world just with different vernacular names.
Speaker 1: Got it. I wanna talk about bye Heather. Bye. See you. For those watching, Heather just left the room.
Speaker 2: Yeah.
Speaker 1: Wife doesn't care anymore.
Speaker 2: Very, like, nonconspicuous too. Yeah. That was really, really smooth.
Speaker 1: Okay. Back to genius stuff. With the seven fallen angels, am I mistaken in thinking that they taught different things to mankind or did
Speaker 0: They did. All all all different arts and crafts.
Speaker 1: So you just have like a lane?
Speaker 0: Pardon me?
Speaker 1: They may have like a lane that they
Speaker 0: Yes. They did. But the six didn't provide anywhere near what one did and that would be Azazel. And Azazel in the book of Enoch is said to have provided so many different things And also attribute in my opinion what Semiyazah is accounted for as well because Semiyazah isn't like the name Azazel. It isn't like Uriel, it doesn't end in and it looks like a transliteration or corruption downstream in the book of Enoch.
But you can take it back to some etymological language. So for example, Shemi'azah, you could take that back to Shem as in men of renowned Shem and famous or infamous and also Shemaim or Shema in the singular for heavens. So Shemaim would be heavenly ones And Aza is a Zen word and an Arabic word for an angelic being and Aza is part of Azazel. So if you have the front half as a heavenly one and the back half of Azazel, you basically have the compounded word there as well. So Azazel is the scapegoat for the antediluvian sins because he taught the most and also was the destroyer god that taught all the arts and crafts of war and all the technology that would go with it and was the leader of the watchers and is the one who was sent to the Abyss Pit Prison in the book of Enoch as well.
So when I look at all the other ones, are they kind of important but they're kind of minuscule to the level of what Azazel had done and it may account for why there's a second goat that is sacrificed on the day of atonement. The first is for the sins of Israel and the second is for a scapegoat for unknown sins sent to the wilderness. And that's the Hebrew word in the Hebrew as not scapegoat or kind of anything to do with a goat, it's Azazel. Except that Azazel you can also take back and it's compounded words from as and Azaz back to goat as well.
Speaker 1: Got it. Can you you talk to us about who you've mentioned Alice Bailey. Yeah. Can we get some history on him? I don't I know who the name is, but I'm not super familiar with what he did.
Speaker 0: Yeah. It's she it's Alice.
Speaker 1: Okay. Sorry.
Speaker 0: Yeah. And she was a very famous Gnostic, probably I would say, let's say a generation ago and she was very much involved with the Gnostic movement, the New Age movement, very much involved with getting printed products and loses trust and with the globalist movement. So she's a very, very important individual that comes out of Gnosticism and Theosophy that still is considered on the occult side one of those go to people that is talking about the polytheist side of the end time.
Speaker 1: Who was was she responsible for creating any of the Freemasonry predated her.
Speaker 0: Yes.
Speaker 1: So was did she create anything or how did she figure this out?
Speaker 0: She would be she'd be an adept. Okay. Right?
Speaker 1: Got it. One sec. I'm gonna look up her name real fast. Who was the person who in who was, like, the founder of the Luciferian church? That's a different person.
Correct?
Speaker 0: How's it spelled?
Speaker 1: I'm looking it up.
Speaker 0: A l I c e b a I l e y. Now anything that's sort of associated with her from a Christian perspective would be a Luciferian church, but she would be more understood as a theosophist or a Gnostic.
Speaker 1: Not good.
Speaker 0: Not good.
Speaker 1: Yeah. Okay. Got it. Luciferian, how does Luciferian fit into these secret societies or is it totally separate?
Speaker 0: Well, Luciferians are almost a cult within the real religion. So they're almost like misinformation that's out there, they're low level for the most part. So is Lucifer the god of the Freemasons? Yes. But not how we see these low level sort of churches at, and it doesn't mean that they don't have some bloodlines or maybe some organizational relationship but understand Gnostic religion is polytheism with Satan as being the chief God and it's a highly structured professional organization and very, very secretive.
So there's just so many things that you don't wanna be careful with sort of the caricatures that come with these satanic visible type of churches. It's more, I think, for misinformation.
Speaker 1: Got it. As it pertains to Freemasonry, I have a lot of either questions that come in about Freemasonry. I have a couple of friends who are, actually just in the organization because they think it's Self help. Interesting and self help. And one of my friends got into Freemasonry for, like, protection because he's ex military.
What is Freemasonry? Because it's hard to figure out what it is.
Speaker 0: Yeah. It's first level on the, thalamic trunk. What's that? The thelemic trunk is a name that comes from a group of Rosicrucian writers as they describe their organizational structure And it's a Greek word that comes out of the Bible for, you'll see it translated, it comes from Greek meaning God's will. So they use that but then they mistranslate it a couple of times where it's gonna be in reference to sexual improprieties and things like that.
And that's sort of to reflect their free will of what they do as they corrupt and usurp everything they can from the Bible. So when they look at the term as above so below, they have a different meaning than above as being our heaven with God and where we are on earth. Their heaven is in Shades Hades or Sheol where their gods reside. So this thelemic tree, just like the genealogical tree is a thelemic tree for the genealogies has its roots that go down into the earth, into another dimension because those locations are located through portals in their belief system. And so they get their genealogical roots from the celestial mafia godfathers that we talked about earlier, the fallen angels, the gods, and they receive their authority with this other tree.
So you can imagine the genealogical thelemic tree as like an ash tree, an oak tree, or an elm tree, and preferably the elm tree, which is very important in the Gnostic religion. Won't go into the history, but those are like umbrella trees, right? Oak trees can maybe grow a little bit more straight up, but still that sort of concept, just like oak was the holy tree of the Druids. So they'll use them interchangeably within the different cultures. And you also have this cedar of Lebanon that the organizational structure is based on.
So that is this giant tree that's used in Amos two for the description of the Amorites to being like the Cedars of Lebanon as giants. It's a simile they weren't that big because these trees were a 100 feet tall and 50 feet around. But again, it gives you the two to one height, the width ratio for the stout aspect when you're looking at biblical references like Og's bed, for example, nine and four cubits is that two to one stout sort of ratio and description of the giants. So what's interesting about this tree as well is the branches come down. So this is the thalamic tree for the secret society organizational trunk structure and then those trunk organizations are on the trunk and then you have all these branches that intersect around the tree and that has a hierarchy within all of the branches.
So you have a major branch organization that intersects into the thelemic tree. And so for example, you would have just to do some quick examples, the Skull and Bones initiatory organization on the Ivy League colleges in The US is an Illuminati organization. And they have the emblem of the Illuminati and they have the Templars skull and bones, right? And so that would be one of those organizations that would intersect into the trunk as an example. So the Davos crew, World Bank is another organization, IMF is another one, World Trade Organization, those types of organizations would enter into the Committee of three hundred trunk section.
And so the more powerful and influential is the higher they intersect is branching out from that trunk. And so you can imagine these branches all the way around with all these different organizations going right around the tree. Now you have a framework to understand how big their organization would be if you use a pyramid, which you might be able to use within one organization, you run out of room to put more organizations into in a proper hierarchical structure.
Speaker 1: Got it. My question when all of this stuff comes up is there's gotta be I'm trying to look for logical explanations for how they've gotten so powerful. Is it are there people in these organizations who have been alive for, seven hundred years? You always hear the story is like if you live long enough, you can take over a lot but how do they do this?
Speaker 0: I won't dismiss that. There might be some that live to be longer ages but it's unlikely. But they do try in advance the occult sciences to do these kinds of things. But we know life was limited to one hundred and twenty years after the creation of the giants in Genesis six:three and we see that bear out in the generations after the floods. So they struggle with trying to create that longer life as well.
But what they did do was they usurped through their size. And so if the giants were larger than post diluvian giants and the largest giant that I know of is Orontes that the river is named after and Gilgamesh, this isn't biblical, they'd be 19 feet tall because they're 11 cubits tall, both of them. And Og being nine cubits fitting into a nine cubit long bed which would be 15 to 16 feet. So say 14 to 15 feet at the tallest level. Anti diluvian giants were thought to be a lot bigger.
Okay, so they had the ability both before and after the flood to dominate society because of their sheer size and their ability to work together. Some people say that's the hive mind, that's the occult belief system that they had this telepathy that they had at one time that they would like to regain. And so you see things like the Neuralink being kind of developed and things like that to do so. And so when we look at what they did with that power is they took over the first two classes both before and after the flood. So when you look at the four class system, we also know that as the feudal system in Europe, it's the same class system.
It is the same system all over the world. So if you look at First Nations in North America, Central America and South America, they have the same class system even to this day. So bloodlines for the chiefs, bloodlines for the priests. And then you have the two lower classes. The two lower classes consist of the third level of tailors, bakers, blacksmiths, small entrepreneurship and the slave class and the fourth class or the working class or the sacrifice class depending on what part of history that you're dealing with here.
And the top two classes control the royal bloodlines and the larger family because it's all one larger family, just different branches as it comes down and gets bigger over the years. And so they controlled the kingships, they controlled all of the priests in the religions, they controlled all of the education and only educated themselves. They controlled all the leaders as the officers and generals, commanders of the army. The humans would populate the sacrificial class of the pawns if you were the foot soldiers, right? They weren't the knights and the charioteers and things like that.
And they also populated the oligarch class. So they controlled all the big business. And so they were able to hold that system for millennia and to keep people uneducated and unable to organize properly and to understand what was going on. And this is where the word elite comes from. I would say elim.
And although you can't get the meaning of that out of the Bible, you actually have one of the mountains during the Exodus named Elim. Just has a different meaning than what I am. So I mean, they consider themselves superior as the definition of elite through genealogy, through education, through privileged class. So I prefer a lime over lite as they would probably do. And again, fits with my sort of scenario of giants with an I'm plural and ites for the hybrids and the humans.
So when we look at that class system that they were able to have, you see things in perfection on how to control. So the best example for the West to understand is the system in Great Britain. And that system has been in place for a very long period of time and since its rise 99% of the land was owned by 1% of the population by the Royals. And so when we talk about the 1%, that's the true 1% that control everything and have all of the wealth. And because they controlled that until recently in terms of education and a rising middle class, they were able to control the world and keep us blind and annoying.
And they even controlled things through our own churches to control us. And we see that as it was done in the past. First it was, well you couldn't have the Bible in English if you were in England, it had to be in Latin or if you're in France, it had to be in Latin. And then you had the breaking away of the Protestant churches and starting to get some copies in English and whatever the motivations, whatever you want, it was a good thing because now we're starting to have that access to it. But now they switch over to, you know, at this sort of point in time and probably even before, you're not taught to read the Bible that you now have in English, just read the verses we tell you to read and don't ask any difficult questions.
And until the last one hundred years, most people couldn't read anyways. So it was only for the elite or the elim in the vernacular language was for the elite again. So it's a system that they've dominated and that's why they have a war against the middle class today. They want to reassert that, that they introduced before the flood originally and then reintroduced again after the flood.
Speaker 1: Do you have thoughts on Elon?
Speaker 2: Oh boy.
Speaker 0: Yeah, a lot of thoughts but
Speaker 1: Is he perpetuating this race to the end times?
Speaker 0: I think we are a product of the fruit that we bear. And I understand this race for technology but AI has the same destination whether you're doing it for good or evil. So it's the same agenda. So it's the white hat, black hat understanding in polytheism. So it's like good magic and black magic.
It's like good giants and evil giants. It's like good kings and evil kings, good witches and evil witch. It's a standard dogma and it's designed just as our politics are when you get the established parties versus populism which is why they don't like populism because they more difficult to control. This is done to create a pulls apart positioning and cattle herd you into the open arms of where they want you to go to, into their open arms of destruction.
Speaker 1: This is when we talk about the war against the middle class, AI comes to mind because it seems to be one of the surest paths to universal basic income and, job reduction. So I'm just sometimes I wonder if these guys are aware that they're moving us or if they're just kind of playing a part.
Speaker 0: One of the problems with technology is advancing is you can't control it and you can't control necessarily who is going to develop it. So now you get into a situation of choices and what is your belief system? So is your belief system to say, we don't want them to have this so we better develop it first even though we're going to end up at the same?
Speaker 1: Like an arms race.
Speaker 0: Yeah, an arms race. Or are you better off to go back to your core belief and saying, you know, probably you're to get there somehow anyways and we're better off trying to make people aware of what's going on. And so do I think there's some good people that would be saying, hey, we're trying to protect you? Sure, I get that. And we get throughout the Bible, not necessarily what Jesus said on the topic, but through we get a lot of examples of people being raised up, particularly in Israel, otherwise evil would just take over, right?
But we're now at an existential technology level where do we apply the same sort of standard as we did in the past to what's happening now? I think we have to understand that this technology is going to be developed and whoever's got control of that is going to be evil anyways. So is Elon a polytheist? I don't know that. He's dressed up in ways that maybe I don't like and some costumes.
But he could be a white hat or he could be literally a good guy, but he could be just a white hat too. So we have to be careful of those in power and judge them for what they do. My jury's still out, but I do not like the hide mind aspect. I do not like the AI and his comments on the AI, even though he has done some really good comments about, this is like, kind of like revealing the demons type of thing. It is also got another aspect that's concerning.
So he decided to create his own AI company to create good AI because the Google AI was evil AI, his words, not my words. And that concerns me that language. Now I don't dispute that Google was up to no good, but I don't like that white hat, black hat analogy.
Speaker 1: It almost seems too obvious like he's playing it for to get permission slip to do whatever he wants. Yeah. It but you've you've taught me this, so, like, all of
Speaker 0: this
Speaker 1: is written. It's going to happen. Like, sometimes they do struggle with knowing we've been talking about Trump earlier. It's like, do these people know that they're advancing a system that has been prophesied as having to happen for the rise of the antichrist or do they not? Because it sometimes with prophecy, don't know.
It might not even be willing.
Speaker 0: Well, and it depends on the individual. Is Trump completely informed on end time prophecy? I don't know that. He says he's a Christian but that doesn't mean he knows prophecy. But his terms aren't all that good at times either and I'm thinking that he's not against the new world order.
He just wants a larger role for The US. But that plays into advancing the new world order. The golden age is a polytheist term for the days of Noah. The golden age is the age of the first time of Atlantis Which
Speaker 1: is prophesied to come back as the days of Noah cycle back.
Speaker 0: Yeah, and Atlantis had 10 kings that was the center of a universal religion. It was also trying to spread and the center of technology for the antediluvian age. And that this is the new Atlantis that the polytheists talk about bringing about in the end time, which is akin to the 10 kings of Daniel and toes of Daniel two. Daniel seven also includes the horns. Daniel eight has more information on that and Revelation twelve, thirteen and seventeen.
So we're gonna have 10 empires in the end time running by 10 antichrist like beings where one horn rises amongst them, between them after it comes to power to become antichrist. So yeah, it's concerning when he's talking about reintroducing that new golden age. He may be harkening back to the Gilded Age as a golden age but it it's the terminology that I find a bit disturbing.
Speaker 1: The the more precise someone's terminology is, the harder it is to say that they don't know. But I think I don't know if he's crossed that territory yet because it's still, like, a bit, vague Yep. As of now. But these 10 kings, these 10 things, isn't that already published research on, like, the globalist agenda?
Speaker 0: Sure. They've divided the club of Rome when it was created to get the new world order moving faster because they were unhappy with the pace. It was created in the late 60s and they divided the world into 10 groups of
Speaker 1: nations. Exactly.
Speaker 0: Very similar to what the UN uses. So the Europeans have their model of how they would kind of like it to play out. Now, President Trump, and I'm not saying he's an antichrist, I'm not even saying he's going to be one of the 10 kings, He's not necessarily against this grouping. He just wants that bigger role. Xi out of China is saying the same thing.
Speaker 1: And
Speaker 0: Putin is saying the same thing. They just don't want the bloodline vision out of Europe imposed on them. They want larger roles.
Speaker 1: Which makes sense.
Speaker 0: Which makes sense.
Speaker 1: Nobody wants anything from Europe imposed on them. Everything back was out of Europe, bro.
Speaker 2: Oh, no, dude. Just kidding. You had to go there.
Speaker 1: We're gonna be in London in two months. It's one my favorite cities ever. But he was telling it was Gary's fault. Gary was telling me before about the bloodlines and was your I think it's the biggest cluster in Europe. The bloodlines are all in Europe.
Yeah. They're all in Europe. Really? Well, not all of them. There's like East.
What what were you telling me? President the the Chinese president has an ancient bloodline on it. Putin believes it, but most of them are clustered in
Speaker 0: Yeah. And so we need to understand that this is in place today. So when we look at the best example to understand the bloodlines, Europe, and maybe as you start to extend that around the world, let's look at World War I. This was an inter family war. So the King of England and the King of Spain and Kaiser in Germany and the Emperor of Austria and the Czar in Moscow and all the Belgium, they're all cousins.
They all intermarried to keep those bloodlines as ennobled and as pure as possible and it was an inter family squabble. We should understand the world behind the geopolitics of the rivalries of the bloodlines. And one of the ways that we don't get to the end times or inability to work together at times from bloodlines because there can only be one bloodline that's going to become Antichrist. So one bloodline in their belief system is gonna rule the world. They all wanna get there but they wanna be that bloodline.
Speaker 1: Which is happening in America as well. I mean, it's not limited to Europe. That's not what he was saying. Even I think Nathan Reynolds was talking about, like, all these families are competing to build the perfect prototype who could be a vessel for that antichrist
Speaker 0: Yeah.
Speaker 1: Spirit. It's happening over here. It's happening in China, no doubt, Russia, Europe, I mean, anywhere you want to go.
Speaker 0: Yeah. And I'm told they hold in Europe three antichrists ready to go at any one time. One presumes from different bloodlines, but they do want to advance that. And why do they want to get there? They want the rendezvous with God.
They want the end time war because they believe they're going to win. They have end time prophecy themselves. Not all of it's published for sure. We get a glimpse at some of it through people like Alice Bailey who we talked about. But the most famous would be Nostradamus who was Rosicrucian.
Although opaque because of all the allegory that's written into it for only adepts to understand, they have an end time scenario that they think that they win in.
Speaker 1: That they channeled from some fallen angel or spirit or something?
Speaker 0: Yeah. The fallen angels know since the resurrection.
Speaker 1: It's over. Like Jesus went and told them.
Speaker 0: Yeah, let me just come back to that in a second because it's so important to sort of understand. And that in the meantime since then, the fallen angels continue to tell their offspring, their descendants of their offspring that they can still win. And they have to play this out and there's a place for them in the future time when they renew the earth. So just as Mitra or Shiva destroy the earth as destroyer god, it's also a renewal of the earth god that it will renew out of the ashes. And these bloodlines are like the phoenix coming out of the ashes and that sort of inner workings.
So they think they can win. So they want this end time. They just wanna do it before the ordained time if they can. So now what's going on in one Peter three that you're referencing to? Well, Jesus was still in the grave and he goes into Tartarus, as we wouldn't understand as hell in this case it should be more specific to Hades Shale where the pit prison is located in a place.
There's two sections there. When there's a specific location in Hades and Shale for the pit prison, the Lake Of Fire is something different. Hell has been conflated with those three or four terms that it's associated with, should be translated a little bit better to understand some of the nuances. So Jesus, he's still in the grave, because his spirit is not going to sleep. He's the word of God.
He's the Yehovah of the Elohim. He's there on a mission and he's just died for the sins of the world. And through that is going to be the resurrection that's gonna happen on the Sunday and our ability to be resurrected. And if the angels had known about the resurrection as it's talked about in one Corinthians, they wouldn't have had him crucified. So they didn't know.
They thought they were winning the war by doing it. So now he goes down to the pit prison to talk to the spirits who did these sins in the time of Noah. And at this point, I generally say, and here's what I think he said, he's basically telling them that your war is officially over. We're gonna play this out so all the names in the book of life can have that opportunity choose God or not and leave their name or have it blotted out of the book of life. And that at the end of that, the resolution to the angelic rebellion, all the fallen angels are gonna go to the pit, not to the pit prison, but to the lake of fire and Satan's gonna go to the pit prison for a temporary stay again because he hasn't been to the pit Prison yet.
But after a thousand years, then he goes to the Lake Of Fire after starting another rebellion at the end. Now, how do I get there that he's telling them this? One is, okay, it makes sense that that might be what he's saying. And I generally say it's my kind of speculation, but there is more to it. So in Colossians two fifteen, and as you read through to about first 18 to 20, you're gonna see the angelic beings being talked about on bookends here.
So it has angelic beings and he is making a spectacle of these beings in that passage. Now let's enter in Ephesians four:eight or four ten, sorry. Four:eight, sorry I got it right. And it has to do where Paul is talking about the captivity of the captives, right? It's very odd real term that's being used there.
And he is going to be parading out these captives is what is going on there. So that is talking about one Peter three. And that there's going to be a spectacle made of these beings. This is an official denunciation and sentencing I think that's going on here. Now Paul in Ephesians four is quoting directly out of Psalm 68, where you get all the detail of this and they're actually paraded out to Bashan and this denunciation is happening.
So it's important to understand what is going on there and then starts to make some sense that while he was still walking on the earth as Jesus before the crucifixion, he went to Mount Hermon in the Bishan region to the location of the Pan Temple and the gateway to Hades. And he announced to the world and to the gods there at their holy mountain that I am going to build my church going forward and changes Peter's name from Saul to Peter, Simon to Peter, sorry, which means rock, going to build it on this rock. Jesus is the rock. So it's more than one meaning, it's not just one. And it's at the Rock Of Sion, right?
It's the Mountain Of Sion. And that he's going to build his church. And they don't even know how He's going to do it at this point but He has made clear warning what He's about to do. And they go and still crucify Him anyways because they don't know what He's going to do. And so not all the angels are in the pit prison.
Only the ones that did the worst of the crimes are in the pit prison from before the flood and just after the flood. So that hierarchy is still in place which is now answers how Psalms is talking about the bulls of Bashan that are mocking Jesus on the cross.
Speaker 1: Okay. I'm gonna keep going, but let's pause, make sure you don't have anything.
Speaker 2: All I was gonna say is I'm just on my producer hat. We're going through the, like, the roots of Freemasonry, the Royals. We're going through, like, end times, technology, how that all that interplay goes together. Where where are you kinda going? I'm just genuinely kinda curious.
Speaker 1: No idea.
Speaker 2: No idea? No. Okay. So you're not going you're done with Freemasonry? Are you bored?
Nope. That was are you bored?
Speaker 1: I'm not bored. I'm just trying to find
Speaker 2: a way to like tie
Speaker 1: this stuff together because I'm like, man, there's so many
Speaker 2: open loops still on the Freemasonry track that you just kinda like we went 10 and then just kept going.
Speaker 1: So I'm trying to figure out where we're going. Alright. Well, have more questions about what you're talking about then we can go back to Freemasonry. If you're actually interested in
Speaker 2: it, then great.
Speaker 1: Well, now when you put it this way, okay, you have like Freemasonry and you're like, Jesus went to Sheol and publicly humility I don't even care about Freemasonry anymore. So we can go back to Freemasonry, but they matter zero. Let's go back to Freemasonry for Jake. Then I'm gonna come, I'm gonna take you back to this moment. What?
Don't forget Gary. Okay. So, okay. Back to Freemasonry. Is it the recruiting arm of this?
Speaker 0: Yeah, the lowest level. So they recruit, yeah, good point because we didn't come back to the initial question on that. They are still, to join Freemasonry you have to be invited. You can't just join it. So they are always looking to bring genealogical descendants of lower genes and bloodlines back in.
And so they're still inviting people to come back in and the general sort of understanding is that you can worship any god as long as you worship a god and that this is going to be very good for business, for social interaction, for your career, all sorts of good things, do charities.
Speaker 1: So they allow you to worship like Jehovah or Yahweh?
Speaker 0: You can worship any God you want.
Speaker 1: They don't care.
Speaker 0: Really, they don't care.
Speaker 1: Got it.
Speaker 0: Definitely. Probably in North America, they would prefer if it's a Christian God because it's easier to hide in plain sight. But that's the only qualification because they're going to convert whoever they are by first level adept over to worshipping the great architect of the universe Hail El, Satan, whatever you want to call them.
Speaker 1: And the first level of the adept is thirty second degree?
Speaker 0: No. That is third degree on the York Rite, which is the old system. And Scottish Rite is thirty third degree as an adept. If you're thirty second and Scottish Rite, you know nothing of importance. So you still think it's still a good organization although you might be starting to say we're studying and learning some pretty weird things here.
It's preparation but first level of adapt is said to overturn every preconceived conclusion you ever had. So these are mundane until they become adept. They are just like us. They deserve to be lied to. And so but at adept level that's where you start to swear those oaths to secrecy in ways that now meaningful and instituted, not only on the secrets, but your loyalty.
Speaker 2: And you're saying there's, I've heard a lot of things from different people like there's 200 levels, there's 100 levels. How many levels are there?
Speaker 0: Depending on how you wanna split it up and if you're outside the craft and if you are even at the low levels, you may not know and I'm not gonna profess to say that I know because I'm not there. What we do know is that you have this multiplier of three kind of going on from 11 to 33 to get there and two special numbers. So three times eleven, three is the number of first level adept in the old system. So there's a relationship there in the two systems. If you have how many times can you multiply 33 times 11, you could go that higher times three again to 99.
So depending on how they want to split up those steps because every three, every 11 degrees is one of the degrees of the first three, right? So that's how you're splitting it up. So depending on your counting is how many that there are. I can't confirm how many there are. I've been told, I know there's seven for sure.
I know second level is like a regional manager of the lodges. You're going to be at least seventh level to be Rosicrucian and then it starts to go higher. I've been told nine, eleven, 33 on the old system but it could even be more. But only the pure bloods are going to be initiated at that level. Now as a pureblood you're initiated from childhood.
So you are an adept before you are an adult And that you can't take the adept title before between 25 and 30, which is not unusual because even in the Bible between 20 and 40, you become an adult, it's kind of a standard within that. And so you'll hear a thirty second degree used in a couple of different ways. One is thirty second degree not an adept on the Scottish Rite. Thirty second degree and I was on a show one time at the end of the show and I knew there was a lot up going on when I was going on it but it was a really good show. And they said at the end, he says, well, what would you say if you were talking to a thirty second degree adept at this point in time?
And I said, well, you're either not an adept because you're thirty second degree of the thirty third degree or you're a pure blood. He says, well, how do you know that? I said, well, I think you're confirming it and I've had it confirmed elsewhere as well that you can't take, I said you're younger than 25 likely is my understanding and you would know more than me and that you can't claim your title yet. And he was absolutely astounded that I knew this. And as I said, I did have it confirmed before that but he really confirmed it.
And then he actually, after the show, he says, we should do another show. But then he got absolutely obliterated by whoever he reports to. And he just sent me messages and all sorts of awful things that I cannot repeat and was just, and he would not publish the show after that. And he loved the show before and wouldn't do the second show. So we need to understand how that sort of works.
If they say they're thirty second degree distinguish the difference and so this would be a term that's used for a pure blood who is past adept hood before they're 18. They're way beyond third degree or 33 degree, way beyond.
Speaker 1: Pureblood meaning they were
Speaker 2: Right out.
Speaker 1: Okay, so not just born into Freemasonry but of a bloodline that signifies that they are of the necessary blood
Speaker 0: Now if you look at something just to sort of make this sort of visually understandable, you have a society that's at Oxford, similar to what goes on in The US, Oxford being like the Ivy League type of thing of England, and a writing society called the Inkling Society that's sponsored by the Golden Dawn Rosicrucian Society. And you have people like Lewis and Tolkien there and many others but just to keep it simple. And people will say, well, they couldn't be of secret societies because there's nothing published about them being part of secret societies but in England they don't publish. So you wouldn't have it anyways. But the tell is that you could not be part of a Rosicrucian society which is way above Freemasonry unless you were pure blood.
And you wouldn't be at Oxford in the 20s and 30s unless you're part of the nobility of Royals. I mean, there may have been a couple breakthroughs but not many. And so they were already at depths and easily able to be part of a Rosicrucian writing society. They were learned how to write, not to be fed the information. That they could create their narratives of their history, their belief system and their genealogies.
So that's kind of how that works. So one of the documents I get asked for all the time is show me the documents on Lewis and also send me and Tolkien and also send me their bloodlines. I have six part series on that, one for the Llewellyn bloodline of the Lewis and the other for the Tolkien bloodline of Tolkien that goes back to the Norse gods. So people want that plus I'll show you their doctrines and the fruits of their works and if they ever became Christian, they never recanted their writings. So I'll put all of that in the information.
So understand that there's a level of knowledge and mysticism that's under play that works in behind the scenes that we can't really imagine.
Speaker 1: So I'm not allowed to watch Lord of the Rings anymore.
Speaker 2: Or Narnia.
Speaker 0: Well, you can but understand what they're doing. I mean, they're great storytellers but make sure you educate your children on what they're watching. And if you want, enjoy the story. I'm not telling people not to do it but don't be brainwashed. Don't fall for the incarnation of Aslan in another world.
Don't think that fauns and satyr gods should be part of children's writings.
Speaker 1: Yeah. We talked about that in the other episode of What was it? Mithra who'd be incarnated back that Jesus doesn't do that, which you're that is what Aslan does.
Speaker 0: Exactly. He's like the Christ consciousness.
Speaker 1: Man, C. S. Lewis, dude. Why did he so did he write that to confuse people? Someone's like screw tape letters is like awesome.
Speaker 0: Oh, know. He's a fabulous writer, so is Tolkien. Walt Disney did the same thing with fairy tales and things. And people say, well, he's Freemason. I didn't know he's higher.
He's part of the entertainment part. It's gotta be at least Rosicrucian.
Speaker 1: Walt too?
Speaker 2: Yeah. Interesting. Just shooting all your favorite people in the head.
Speaker 0: They are preparing
Speaker 2: us from childhood. Keep going.
Speaker 0: They prepare us from childhood. And the fairytale concept goes back many years to accept things for when they're ready to reveal things that we would accept that more easily and they can tell us that they told us, we just didn't understand. It had everything in plain sight. Everything that they do reflects who they are and who they worship and their history because that's how they honor their gods. We just have to understand how they speak and what they do.
So this fairytale concept both Tolkien and Lewis were talking about is they kind of consider the Bible a fairytale because they both said so. Well a fairytale is a very interesting narrative that's a fiction and has a eucatastrophe, which is their term written into it, where the hero doesn't have to face the horrible end, it has a happily ever after ending, which again is part of the fairy tale concept. So when they say the Bible is like a fairytale, they're saying Jesus didn't really die on the cross and was resurrected. That's the fairytale part to make it a happy ever after ending. So now you have to be a mystic and adept to understand how the Bible is written because it's all allegorical.
But that makes sense from their perspective because they have the interpretive approach, not the literal approach.
Speaker 1: Got it. Okay. Back to Freemasonry, so Jake is happy. Thank you. We're gonna keep hitting this home.
Are there Freemasons who get out of it?
Speaker 0: A lot of lower level ones do until you become adept. Not so much afterwards. I'm not saying it doesn't happen because it does, just like some of the bloodlines can leave. But if you're adept and or a bloodline will leave, you could be in constant danger for the rest of your life. And so it's not looked upon fondly.
But if you're a lower level one, well, they're just saying, well, you're still mundane and you're not worthy. They don't want you to leave but it's easier to leave.
Speaker 2: Got it. And when it comes to Freemasonry, I feel like that often gets associated with witchcraft. Like what is that even accurate? Is there like, what's the problem with being in Freemasonry if it's all good at first?
Speaker 0: Yeah, well witchcraft, the craft that Freemasonry is called, it's the same belief system and same religion. Druidism is the polytheism that we understand the witches come from, which is just either a priest or priestess of the druidic religion. So it's like the magi, it's like the Brahmins, it's the same, just different terms for the same thing. And so many Freemasons are witches. Why?
Because they're adepts. The high end witches are the high end priest adepts in the religion and also an adept in the same religion and this is the religion that's part of Gnosticism. They look at Druidism on equal with the Druid priests as with the ancient Brahmins, with the priests of Egypt, with the Sophists in Greece, with the Magi Mesopotamia, they look at that as all being the same religion. So Gnosticism is the religion that we get coming out of the Middle Ages that begins in the time of Jesus and just before, a few centuries before, that is amalgamating religions back into the original religion. That later produces Theosophy, the God of wisdom, Sophia, the mother goddess of Gnosticism who created the 12 archons and is the word for wisdom in Greek.
And so philosophy is the love of Sophia, the love of the goddess, the love of the knowledge. As they work things through in our language. Gnosticism produces theosophy which produces new age.
Speaker 2: Okay. And then there was something you said you were gonna ask. Do you want me to ask you with something? Are you gonna say something?
Speaker 0: One other thing that mixes in that you see the process. So the major religion in the time of Jesus in Rome is Mithraism, or Mithraism, from Mitra, the great architect of the universe. That is a branch of the Zoroastrian religion of the Indo Aryans, both in Persia and in the Indus Valley where Mitra comes from. And so now you have that as also part of Gnosticism as that comes through Mani adopting Zoroastrianism into his belief system, then as it comes downstream and inherited by Gnosticism. I track all of this in book one in different parts so that you can put all the pieces together.
But it is a bringing together of all of the old religions. So they are fluent in Hinduism and because it's the same home religion and they'll use the same gods in references.
Speaker 1: Got it. Go ahead.
Speaker 2: So to reference, there was a question you asked off camera earlier that I'll ask and then add some more to it. I know something Taylor was gonna ask was where are the Freemasons now? What's their involvement in society? And part of the reason I asked this question is last time you were in town, you actually were telling me off camera some of the things that Masons do in the main center part of the city and how it's integrated into societies. And I'm so curious on where they come from, their involvement in that and why, like there's so much that I'm curious on, but let's start there.
Speaker 0: Well, let's just sort of start first and I'll work back to the second question. So Freemasons are still active today. They obviously have had a decrease in recruiting people with more people learn about things and hanging on to people, but they're still very active. There's still a lot of them. They're in charge of a specific agenda and branch organizations that branch into them.
So their main focus is on the army and military, everything to do with that. That's why you see so much of Freemasonry within the Navy or the army and it has a long sort of history with that. And they're also involved in politics, Right? And so they're very much involved in supplying first level of entries into politics. So those are their main sort of focuses that they're focusing on.
Speaker 1: And what's the trade? What's the in
Speaker 2: the navy, in the political side, what's the trade for them coming in?
Speaker 1: Mostly inform like, they mostly information. Got it. The intelligence agencies, also politics kinda controls the flow of information.
Speaker 0: Yeah. They're they're controlling the low level politics. It doesn't it has connections to the global side of it. But you have more the like the Illuminati with the skull and bones, which is the stepping stone to the CFR and all the sort of globalist organizations that extend out of that. But that's now at a higher level with the Illuminati wanting to also destroy Christianity.
But the Illuminati works within the center of Freemasonry, so there's a close association there in terms of the geopolitics. So that's why most of the Masons or most of the presidents have been Masons, right? Freemasons, if you take that back into history, yeah. And the Bohemian Grove gives the permission to who's going to become president because of the worldwide implication and that's controlled by the Illuminati as a branch organization that goes into there. So you're gonna see Freemasonry working at a lot of lower level initiatory organizations where they have their people in.
It could be like the Elks Club or the Lions Club, things like that of lower levels. And they're always looking for those recruits, right? To bring them in as part of what they do. So they're quite active on that sort of aspect. Now, as the new world is being settled and understand that this is the Templar dream from which all the modern organizations become an organization as a consequence of a central organization that was too large and powerful going down all at once.
So now they have a more of a decentralized approach. So you're going to create banking organizations, you're going to like with the Rothschilds, you're to have Illuminati, you're going to have Freemasons, you're going to have the Rosicrucians and just sort of split it up. So as the Templar Dream was written down in their secret constitution as they wanted to do two things. One is they wanted to create the new Babylon within the Roman church, which the Jesuits took over but and now become on the cutting edge of new world exploration as well. Probably can't get there today with all of this But the Templar dream is to explore the new world and to set up the new Atlantis or the platform for moral government through this island continent that they discover.
And they get there even before. So Oak Island is traveled to by the Sinclairs even before Columbus discovers North America. And Columbus sails on the Santa Maria. If my memory serves me correctly on this, the flag of the Templars because he receives his information on how to get to North America from the Templars who were already there. And the Templars aren't just disappeared by that time.
Have other organizations that will continue in Portugal and in Spain just under a different name. So anyways, this is retaken up with the exploration, this dream to colonize North America and South America and all to get to this great end time where this universal religion and one Messiah running things. So as the migrations happen, you have not the first son of Royals and high level bloodlines migrate or immigrate across on these migrations but say third siblings or second or number of them and they are leading the setting up of new towns. They're there. They're there to set up their legal claim to the new continent as they go.
And for every town that they go to, set up a town square. Everybody knows that term. Well in the old town square and you'll see this written, not written on but seen in a Masonic temple, a window is put into four quadrants. Now that can mean four different things, many different things, but in this case you have the same thing being set up in a town square. You can basically do two axises.
And on the north and south end, they will put up a legal building. It could be a courthouse, it could be a police station, it could be a fire station, it could be anything that represents a legal for the North South axis. And then on the East West axis, they are going to set up a Catholic church and a Protestant church as the general MO that they control. And within that, make their claim for the legal rights of that town because everything's done through legalism and the legalism that they impose on the world. And so they want to be able to exert that on every government and new town and township and reassign it to within the hierarchy as they branch out.
And so I didn't believe it when I first heard it, so I checked out my own hometown.
Speaker 2: Boom. Oh my goodness.
Speaker 0: Yeah. So in where I grew up, I won't say where I grew up, but there's a firehouse right on the river on the North. There's a courthouse on the South on top of the hill. There's a Roman Catholic church on the West and a St. Paul's Protestant church on the East.
And then I checked out some more towns. And where I first came across it was I was down doing a show and a weekend show and they had their members there and they took us out on a tour to a site of a town of witches in an old town in Florida. And they said, we're gonna go there and we're gonna do some certain things and it was really kind of spooky and stuff. But then we went and we looked at the mapping out, included where there was either, I think it was an oak tree that was cut down there, that it was close to a water site where they would use that as an altar for their sacrifices. So look for a water source as well with the town square and they would build tunnels underneath to do all sorts of secret meetings and things like that.
So I like to have control of the town center and the Masonic Hall is always for the most part in the town square.
Speaker 1: Yeah. An interesting study, you should do this, is go research the Platz of major cities.
Speaker 2: The Platz?
Speaker 1: New York, Boston. PLAT? Yeah. It's crazy.
Speaker 0: It's crazy.
Speaker 1: Like the history of plat is just like how a city is organized and kind of run. And so to see them develop why they're developed that way, is awesome. And some of it means nothing until you learn other things and you're like, oh, that was all on the plat. Like, when the city was developed, they developed it a certain way. So, Jake, are you good with Freemasonry, bro?
Speaker 2: Good as in, like, do I wanna join?
Speaker 1: No. Like, I can't tell if you're asking for the audience. No. I'm good. Or like
Speaker 2: I was I just those are the questions that I had around
Speaker 1: it that I really wanted answered. If you're, yeah, if you're a Freemason, wanna get out, email Gary. Or what do you do?
Speaker 0: Well, let's make clear. I never came out of free Freemasonry. I never went a dent. There you go. Even though you
Speaker 2: are often frequently accused of being
Speaker 0: in it. Exactly.
Speaker 2: So Because your hands, your hand signals, everything.
Speaker 0: Let's be clear on that. Yeah. So
Speaker 1: This right here for, like, Taylor's a freemason. No.
Speaker 0: Not. Yes. Difficult to get out once you've sworn those oaths.
Speaker 1: There are people that can help. I'll leave it at that.
Speaker 0: Yeah. And let us also note that in the Bible we get a story that tells us a little bit about this. And so with Moses. So when Moses dies, just before they cross the Jordan River, in the book of Jude we have Satan showing up to claim his body. That's because he is initiated at Heliopolis.
He is an adept before he becomes adult. He does swear all of these oaths but he's there for God's purpose, right? And he's gonna be able to talk through language when he comes back and he fully converts and he can trump that so to speak if he wants to and of course he does. So when he dies, Satan shows up with his legal claim. But God sends Michael and says, uh-uh uh-uh, he was here for our holy purposes.
Speaker 1: I have never made that connection before.
Speaker 2: Me neither. It's amazing though.
Speaker 1: Otherwise why would
Speaker 0: would
Speaker 1: Satan That's think he could claim amazing actually. Okay, boom. We're done with Freemasonry. Nobody cares anymore. Moving on.
You don't care anymore. Let's talk about Jesus and let's talk about So Jesus for a this is one of the coolest stories I've ever heard you tell. Jesus, while he's in the grave, his spirit doesn't go to sleep, he goes to Sheol, basically pronounce his judgment. They're a bunch of liars, so all they do is lie. They lie to their offspring.
Their offspring lie to the societies, and so they genuinely believe that they can win in the end times. That's the story so far. Correct?
Speaker 2: Correct.
Speaker 1: Question. When it comes to end times, there's a lot of timelines and chronology that I don't understand because I haven't studied it. But you said a couple things. For instance, hell El goes to the pit for a thousand years then comes back. This is post tribulation, correct?
Post or pre trib. Can we just unpack that for a second? I have no idea.
Speaker 0: So there's a lot of different approaches on eschatology and all of them disagree. Of them say they base it the Bible and to a certain degree they do. But they all can't be right. So when you hear the word pre trib, all that means is when they say that is that Jesus coming for rapture in his first days of his visitation as Hosea nine:seven talks about in the days of the Son of Man, Luke seventeen twenty two-twenty six says it twice, the days of the Son of Man that people are gonna be longing for in the end time. The first day he comes back is for rapture, after the first fruits resurrection as first Corinthians fifteen twenty to 24 talks about rapture part, for who he comes for is in first Corinthians fifteen fifty to 54.
So pre trib means before the start of the last seven years. So the last seven years isn't necessarily the tribulation as people call it, but you get seven years from Daniel nine twenty seven, which is the last week of years, the last seven years that's reserved for the end as in Daniel 26 Hebrew word, meaning the last days, the end time, which gives you the context and you get these last seven years when all vision, prophecy, King of righteousness is introduced, all things of those are completed in those last seven years. And in the middle of those last seven years is the abomination and the crowning of Antichrist. So Pre Trib in that view has Jesus coming before the start of the last seven years so that Christians don't face tribulation. If you're mid trib that means somewhere after the abomination but before Armageddon because there's different views as to the timing in there when Jesus comes back for rapture.
If you're post trib, that means Jesus comes back after the millennia starts at some point in time.
Speaker 1: The millennia being when Satan Yeah, is in the
Speaker 0: when after Satan is sent to the pit prison for a thousand years, Jesus reigns for a thousand year and then Satan is released. So those are kind of the general sort of terms when it comes to rapture. Now there are other different approaches like Preterism and other different ones that have interesting
Speaker 2: Those are the
Speaker 1: ones that are
Speaker 2: like saying we're already in the end times or it's already happened?
Speaker 0: Yeah, or we're in the little season and there's different There must be 15 different versions of Preterism. So it's hard to keep up with it all. And so people always ask me, is this what form of eschatology do you follow? And I'm going, well, none of those. I'm a contrarian, what would you?
Because what they do, what you wanna be careful of is that you are not reimagining what Scripture says. You don't wanna bend it like a pretzel to arrive at a preconceived conclusion. And if you can't deal with inconvenient passages, that's a red flag. So everything is sort of has to fit. And in those approaches, they break all of the rules that I like to live by.
Those are just two of them but there can't be any conflicts. So if you go to the outside approaches then it's very hard to learn and you have to accept at face value what they're saying. So if I'm in a group that's pre trib, for example, and I give them some challenging passages, they can't answer the passages. But they can say horrific things and I have no understanding. And then they have been told by the word of God that this is the way it's going to be.
And I say, where's the scripture? And they can't show me. So you wanna be careful with prophecy, but we need to understand it. And it ought not to be complicated. And really isn't.
And I don't believe I'm a prophet. I don't believe I'm a disciple. I don't believe I'm an apostle. I am a researcher. So I like things to kind of make sense.
And what makes sense to me is that I should be able to listen to what the Redeemer tells me at face value. So why would I try and redefine what Jesus said by what a prophet says? You define what the prophet says, who is the supplier as the word of God, maybe perhaps through the Holy Spirit, but he's still the word of God, you would define what the prophet is saying by what Jesus said. But everything around Jesus, not vice versa. And of course, some people say that they do.
But then they say, well, but you can't get a chronology from what Jesus talks about in Matthew 24, Mark 13, Luke seventeen and twenty one. And I'm going, well, why would you say that? Well, because they have to say that because it doesn't fit their chronology or their pattern or their preconceived conclusion. So how do we know it's topical or chronological? Well, Jesus told us.
That's probably the simplest way to state it. And he says, and then this happens, and then this happens, and then this happens. So what's the Greek word? Let's just verify that. Well, it is the when.
It's it's no mistranslation. It's the when. It's a sequence of events and that's the Greek word toda. So you can look it up. You can take it back.
This is in a chronological order. What's the other verification? Is he puts the abomination in the middle of his oration in Matthew 24 and then tells us to inquire about the book of Daniel. So what do you think we should do?
Speaker 1: Inquire about the book of Daniel.
Speaker 0: Yeah, and put all of that around what Jesus said. Now there's a step I would do before that, before you go to Daniel, is take the accounting of Matthew 24 as your template, and then put all the additional details that Mark would have and what Luke has, and put that around what Jesus said in the Matthew template. So what happens when you do things like that is people can't tell you that there's no rapture in what Jesus said there because Mark thirteen twenty seven has a little bit more information on there than Mark twenty four thirty to 31. And it's not just the sign coming and gathering the elect from the earth but in Mark it's gathering the elect from the earth to the uttermost parts of heaven. And then people might say well the elect is not the church.
We'll accept that. The elect is used 23 times in the New Testament in Greek, ekklektos, and it's defined as those saved through Christ. It's described as people who believe in Jesus. It's described as Christians in the definition and it's used that way consistently throughout the New Testament. So you can't just say the elect is just Israel in a New Testament prophecy for the church.
And they say, well, it wasn't for the church. Well, really, well, he's talking to the disciples who are going to build the church. He's alpha omega. He's telling you words you need to know till he comes back again. Of course, it's gonna be for the church as well.
And I'm not saying that the elect doesn't come together at the supper of the lamb either. I'm just saying, let's not reimagine what he said. It's pretty straightforward. So put all the additional details on. And it really helps out because there's some juicy important extra details and then you have a template.
Then go to Daniel, like Jesus described. And then you're gonna need Daniel nine, you're gonna need Daniel eleven and twelve for sure to begin with, because you're gonna get those seven years. That's gonna begin with the sorrows, or just after the sorrows and into the time of the afflicted and the offended, which is very opaque language. Afflicted is Greek phalipsis, which is also translated as tribulation. Scandalizo is apostasy, a falling away and enticed into sin, lines up with falling away and apostasia in two Thessalonians two, the falling away before the gathering before antichrist is revealed.
And so if we look at those timing of the last seven years at that point in time, now we have the exact midpoint with the abomination and Jesus' sign and the rapture is basically saying when you look at the chronology, it's second half sometime. We We don't get a date there, but we have a template. And you have something to look forward to with the first three and a half years that we're going to need to see this covenant, we're sacrifices beginning on an overspreading or an extension or a wing of the temple for the Jewish people as part of this covenant. Right? Then he breaks that and then sets himself up.
Daniel 11 gives us the sequence of events starting on 11, let's say verse 20 through verse 30 up to the abomination on his rise to power that Daniel two and seven are talking about, and eight. Right? So now we have the exact events for the first three and a half and then the events for the last three and a half. And in the end, kets again, that's gonna be used there and a whole bunch of other terms I won't go into, but just as one example, when you get to the end time in terms of the Armageddon, that's the end time in the last three and a half years as the completion of, you get an understanding that this will have relevance for other events talked about in other passages in the Old Testament and the New Testament. So you've you've put those events, and now we can go to Revelation.
You might even wanna go and put other New Testament prophecies on first and match those up. But it might be a little bit more difficult at this point. And I would recommend Revelation at this point because we wanna remember two things. One is do not change anything in Revelation. Right, we're told
Speaker 1: Don't not to do add, don't take away.
Speaker 0: Yeah, exactly. So we wanna be careful. That's why I don't start there. Because I wanna put it on Jesus' template. So the second thing is, the revelation that John has is very interesting because it comes from Jesus, who is the spirit of prophecy, Revelation 20, or 19, I'm sorry.
And it's the testimony of Jesus Christ given to the angel to show John. Okay? It has to fit what he said before. It just has to. So now all you have to do with Revelation is say Revelation one through five is a very interesting part of the vision and I call it a dual prophecy.
I won't get into that in too much detail, but it has information from prehistory, time of the prophet, in this case John, and end time implications. And this has all of it throughout Revelation. So you have, if you separate that out and then look at the churches and understand that John wasn't raptured because he was taken in spirit, Revelation four:one, there's no rapture, there's no new body, there's no immortality. He has to return. He has to deliver the letters to the churches, then he dies.
There's no rapture here. People will say it's there. There's nothing that refers to it. They just have to make a change to make their timetable work. But it doesn't say that, you can't even make the connection there without reimagining what it says.
So now if you look at Revelation six with the seal openings as to being the start of the last seven years, maybe just before or just after, it starts to make some sense. But there are also some unfulfilled prophecies that didn't get fulfilled in the time of John or shortly after in the age of the churches. And so those ones will be fulfilled in the end time. They each have at least one. One of them is ten days of tribulation in Revelation two ten, not seven years of tribulation.
That's the word 'philipsis' again. And the other one is three ten that we're going to be saved from the hour of trial. Those were not fulfilled in the time of the seven churches. So there as part of the dual prophecy sort of operation or process at the MO is going to be fulfilled in the end time. So we have two promises to be saved from the wrath and be saved from the hour of trial.
So now if you look at Revelation six sort of going forward, start that at the start of the last seven years. Okay, and then as you're looking at Revelation understand that you're going to see some throne scenes, right? Throne scenes pre, not presuppose but project what's about to happen on earth next. Okay, so it shows you what's going on in heaven and they're at a start of a sequence of events that are gonna come through their use of the word kahi, which is the term that's used in Revelation for the then as you take that back to the Greek. And so they come in rapid sort of events and this happens and this happens and this happens in chronology.
So take Revelation six through Revelation fourteen nine, with the preaching of the gospel by the angel, which is the last of the preaching of the gospel that Jesus is talking about just before the abomination, line that up with the first three and a half years. Okay, and things will start to make some sense. And you get a summary in Revelation 14 of the major events after the preaching of the gospel in sequential order for how they're going to happen after the start of the last seven years, after the abomination. What are those? Well, Babylon is destroyed first.
That's rather interesting because it's destroyed in an hour. Where do we get that term? The hour of trial. What's that Greek word, hora? Keep that in mind.
So now you have this hour that Babylon is going to be destroyed, followed immediately by the implementation of the mark. Okay? That's the trial because it happens immediately after. And we're also told in Revelation 18 where you get the destruction of Babylon to come out of Babylon, the last warning, just as you have the angel preaching the last of the gospel. I won't go through all the people that do it between 144,000 and the two witnesses and the saints before that, but understand that that's what's going on here.
And then you have the Armageddon event that happens after that. Okay, so the major events of the last three and a half years. And then we get the details and the appropriate throne settings as well that predate the list of events that are gonna happen in 1516, seventeen, eighteen and nineteen. Arm again is Revelation 19, Revelation 20 starts the millennium. So now you can put that, those set of events right around what Jesus is saying.
And what else is he saying at the end of Matthew, at the beginning of Matthew, just before the abomination is that not only is the last of the gospel to be preached before the abomination, but also prepare for the end, right? As we talked about the end being the last seven years, but also the end as it's talked about that is going to come along once the church is taken out, that is no longer tribulation, which will now move into wrath. People confuse and conflate wrath and tribulation. Tribulation is phlepsis, and it can be translated as affliction as it is in Matthew 20. And we see that in Matthew twenty four:twenty one with tribulation, the great tribulation not seen since creation or the beginning.
The parallel passage in Mark, which is why you want to put this additional detail on, doesn't has exact almost same wording except that it doesn't say tribulation, it says affliction. Just as you have afflicted in Matthew 20 four:seven for a tribulation. This is the great tribulation. Difference is the great tribulation of the saints, the great tribulation of the world. And the tribulation that's shown in Revelation years.
So look for the tribulation of the saints to start three years before the last seven years, but extend through the last three and a half years as the great tribulation. And that we are told in the New Testament that we will go through tribulation. But the wrath is reserved for the ungodly. So we need to understand the difference between the two and then how all of the passages start to line up into place. So when you go into first Corinthians fifteen twenty, for example, now, you have the resurrection sequence.
You have to know the resurrection sequence. You want to know what's going on. Is Christ the first fruits and then after when he comes, those who died in him as you move into 1550 to 50 '4 and those still alive. The difference is the first fruits are martyred. So when we look at the 24 elders that are showing up, those are probably elders, as martyrs.
The 144,000 will be martyred as first fruits and they're called first fruits just before the angel preaches and they're seen back in heaven. That's the end of their commission. The two witnesses preach for three and a half years and are killed and are resurrected. And they're killed in that hour. Horror again, towards the midpoint.
So there's this hour that the 10 kings will hand over their power to Antichrist in Revelation 17 to destroy Babylon. It's the same hour. What does Jesus say in all of the Gospels when he's gonna come back? There's an hour. It's unknown, but there is an hour.
You don't know the exact hour or day but you know the events that are going to be centered around it. So things just sort of line up if you allow it. So you can easily put all of those New Testament prophecies, Revelation, Rapture prophecies, any other prophecy, and any Old Testament prophecy now around it. But you cannot confuse prophecies for the church with the prophecies for Israel and Judah. If in the Old Testament it is addressed to Judah, that's for the Southern Kingdom.
If it's addressed for Israel, that's the Northern Kingdom. If it's addressed to a specific tribe, that's for the tribe. They're gonna have their resurrection in the last three and a half years yet. But after Jesus comes, you have those who aren't raptured for the Christians and they're gonna be beheaded. People say they're not resurrected till Revelation 24, 20.4.
Certainly mentions them, but when do we get a reference for the resurrection? Revelation 15, they're shown in heaven. Right? And they're shown in heaven before the bull wraths are poured out into the year of the Lord's wrath. They are not even there for the year of the Lord's wrath.
One of the promises to promises that we were promised in the trial that we're gonna be saved from that hour for the first part of the rapture and resurrections and the first fruits before that. So now when we look at Revelation six, at the beginning of the last seven years you see all of these saints that have been martyred for the testimony of Jesus since Jesus came. These are first fruits. And they're told to wait a little season for those to come out of the tribulation of the saints. And they'll die for that testimony as well.
They're all part of the first fruits. First fruits, 24 elders, Revelation six, Revelation seven, two witnesses, 144,000. Those are the first fruits. After that, Jesus comes.
Speaker 1: Got
Speaker 0: it. Everything just sort of starts to fit.
Speaker 1: And so it sounds like not everyone's going to be raptured?
Speaker 0: No. Obviously, there's people who are weak in the faith. But what happens if you understand the falling away in two Thessalonians two and the Scandalizo, which means the same thing
Speaker 1: Mhmm.
Speaker 0: In the time of this tribulation that both Mark and Luke say we're gonna be killed in, we're gonna provide that testimony for Jesus. It has to be the Revelation seven saints. Like it just sort of has to be and it fits on the timetable. And so if you look at how that sort of all sort of fits into the chronology, it sort of flows. So there's gonna be tribulation and it's not gonna be easy.
Nobody should wanna go through this. This is gonna be very, very difficult, but you won't have to ever worry about another conflict again. And when I first started to do this, I used to live in fear that I would find a passage I couldn't make work. And then when you start to get into the Old Testament passages, it can be a real challenge. But if you understand the year of the Lord's favor is a separate year from the year of the Lord's wrath, and you can now fit the bolraths forward as the year of the Lord's wrath, it starts to make some sense.
So what's going on with the year of the Lord's favor? That's in the time of Jacob's trouble. And then also looking at Daniel 12, have this resurrection of people that Daniel is addressing his people to. Well, you have, and this is, by the way, all part of the first resurrection. The first resurrection is a sequence of events.
It's all part of the first resurrection of those who are Jesus, it just happens in different stages. So the time of Jacob's trouble is the time of the second Exodus that Jacob is saved from. Trouble is the Hebrew word tsarah. It means exactly the same thing as tribulation or philipsis says. It is the source word and the defining word for Philepsy that is the cognate word in Greek for sera.
So it's the time of Jacob's persecution. It's the time of their trouble. And it's in the last three and a half years in the great tribulation. And it is after the rapture event. And when you go now to Daniel 12, it has this time of trouble.
That's the Hebrew word tsarah. This is for Daniel's people, a time of resurrection, some resurrected to eternal life and some to the second death. I infer the second death but to death. And this is for his people. It's in the same period, but it's not people will say, well, that's a Christian one because how could it be anything else at that point in time.
Right? Well, but that's mid trib. That's after the abomination again, But it's it's sometime afterwards. So the time of Jacob's trouble is the time of second exodus. We get this also in the book of Isaiah and the book of Luke as the year of the Lord's favor when Jesus is going to lead the second Exodus.
After his sign comes for rapture, Israel who is awakened as the lost tribes and Judah who is the one that is still, as we understand them, visible today and have accepted Antichrist as their Messiah and began with that the sacrifices on a wing of a temple, they realized with the sign and the abomination that they've made a great mistake. So they're going to convert back to Jesus as their Messiah. Ready They're for this year of reconciliation followed by the year of recompense, which is again, a vengeance for Israel and the saints for the wrath of God that comes for those who are ungodly. So now you have some time within the last three and a half years, you have Jesus coming first for rapture, and and those who died in the resurrection. You have the resurrection of the saints before the wrath as well, who are beheaded.
You have before the year of the Lord's wrath, the resurrection of Israel and the reconciliation, all in time for the bride as both being the bride back to the one covenant, in time for the supper of the lamb in Armageddon.
Speaker 1: When you say resurrection, are these physical resurrections, like people literally coming back?
Speaker 0: Well, yeah. So Ezekiel 37 is the passage you go to for the parallel passage here. And that's the dry bones one that everybody says, what the heck is this? Some people say zombies to you name it. Well, this is the resurrection of Israel.
This is the time as you get further into the teens in that passage, the time of second Exodus, where Jesus is, as he's talked about in Micah five and Micah two, he's the breaker who's gonna break Israel out of prisons, who have awakened or in prisons all around the world, who have converted because of the 144,000 who are waiting to be broken out for second Exodus. And this is the time of the seven shepherds. And this is the time the Assyrian is dealt with on the mountains. And so he comes for not only the resurrection and judgment of Israel but their second, Exodus. And Judah who escapes Jerusalem after the abomination as the three gospels talk about is also talked about in Revelation 12 at the midpoint where they're going to be protected in the wilderness for three and a half years at the midpoint.
And this is where the exodus will come from all around the world to meet them in the wilderness and then as Ezekiel 37 talks about one staff, they're gonna be joined. So everything is in place in terms of that resurrection. So yes, that is a physical resurrection into a new body and that's the descriptions you get with the dry bones coming back together.
Speaker 1: Got it. To preach the gospel essentially. Do you get all that?
Speaker 2: I mean, it's gonna take three years to process. But
Speaker 1: Can you just make us a graph of timelines?
Speaker 2: I do happen to have this recorded, so I'll get to watch it back at point five.
Speaker 1: Sounds like, basically, a lot of us are gonna die, and then it'll be really good. Right? Well,
Speaker 0: know how it ends.
Speaker 1: It's more complicated than
Speaker 0: And the differences isn't for the most of the views is that it's how much tribulation do we go through, if anything. We know there's a rapture. It's really the timing, so we shouldn't make that a faith issue. Shouldn't raise it to that level. I think it might be a tragedy if we get it wrong and it comes later than what we think, as in pre trib, that we lose all of our credibility when the world needs us the most.
Speaker 2: So
Speaker 0: that's something to keep in mind as well. Yeah, there's these other ones where they talk about the little season that we're in that right now. That's very poor use of scripture. And they say we're in the period where Satan has been released. And this could be one hundred years, it could be two hundred years, it could be one thousand years, it's different.
I don't know if you've heard this Tartarian.
Speaker 1: What do you mean released?
Speaker 0: Released from the pit prison, he is at the end
Speaker 1: of the millennium. But he hasn't even got in yet.
Speaker 0: Well, say he has. And we're at the end of that millennium. We just don't know it. We're in this little season, which doesn't make a whole lot of sense because they also say Jesus has gone back to heaven because they have to change the scripture. We don't get scripture for that.
And in fact, in a short period of time, he gathers an army and he goes to war against Jesus in Jerusalem. So it doesn't make a whole lot of sense. But how they do that is they say little season can be taken back to Greek and it could mean just a period of time, an unknown period of time. Season can absolutely, but not little. Is micros kronos.
And we get one other example of micros kronos and that's in Revelation six, micro kronos, little season, that those are told in Revelation six to wait a little season longer so that those who are to die for the testimony of Jesus like they will are gonna come out of the great tribulation of the saints versus the tribulation of the world. And so micros kronos we get one timeframe, right? So we shouldn't really expand more than what it says and a parallel application. But the Bible is more judicious to then to leave that open for speculation. So in Matthew and Acts and other places you're going to get long season when it's a longer season.
Akonos, Kronos. So it specifies when it's a longer period and a shorter period. So you have to stretch it out of its proportions and application to make You're it biased. Yes.
Speaker 1: Yeah. You said you don't wanna live through it.
Speaker 2: No. Do you think you will? Probably.
Speaker 1: We're that close.
Speaker 0: We're certainly in the fig tree generation, and I think we're in the age of the sorrows. But the sorrows get stronger throughout that generation and we don't know what a generation is defined by definitely. And we don't know what the timetable definitely is for the start. I can make some deductions. First thing is, as we're told, the generation can be forty years as a forty years in wilderness in the time of Exodus.
Seventy years in the book of Psalms, one hundred and twenty years in Genesis six:three. So that's a fairly wide timeframe. And then the next question is what would be the starting point?
Speaker 1: Yeah, when did it start?
Speaker 0: And why does Jesus use the fig tree as his analogy for the fig tree generation? Well the fig tree is an allegory, prophetic allegory that's used for the Southern Kingdom Judah. The vine is used for the Northern Kingdom And we see that used in the Old Testament, starts in the book of Judges but it goes throughout the Old Testament, Jeremiah, Isaiah, number of books. So without getting too detailed on it, it's the allegory. So the second thing that comes to mind is that Jesus, just before he's gonna go into the temple and cause mayhem there to the Pharisees and then cause real concern with the disciples.
And before he gives the oratory because of the concerns the disciples has, what he does, he goes to a fig tree Oh, get some
Speaker 1: this is before he curses it?
Speaker 0: Yeah, it has no fruit. So he curses it. Why does he do this? He's telling the disciples who are the Southern Kingdom, part of the Southern Kingdom Jewish people, they know the allegory. They know the Southern Kingdom no longer is going to bear their fruit.
And they're gonna do the ultimate violation of denying their Christ, their Messiah in not too long of a time. So then he goes in to the temple, and then he gives the prophecy about the destruction of the temple in Jerusalem. So the disciples are getting concerned. So they ask, can you give us more detail on this? What will be the signs of the end time and your coming?
And that's when he provides it for him and then he ends it with the fig tree generation followed by the days of Noah allegory And that the days of Noah, we probably talked about in previous shows how it's gonna be like that, right? And why we need to learn about it. But the fig tree generation, he says, heaven and earth will pass away, but my words will never pass away. So all of these events that he lists are gonna happen in one generation. Right?
And so that's when we need to understand the other allegory, is the sorrows, which has the same catastrophes of pestilence, pandemic, earthquakes, and wars and rumors of wars that happens in the seal judgments, 25% destruction, of the trumpets at 33%, and the wrath bowls that would be 100% unless Jesus steps in to prevent the world from being destroyed by fire, all flesh would be killed. He stops that just before that's going to happen. So the sorrows is the other overarching of the three that says that these catastrophes will get stronger and probably start working together as we go through this generation. But we're a ways away yet because we don't have the world government yet and we don't have the universal religion yet. I feel like
Speaker 1: we're closer to the universal world religion than we are the world government.
Speaker 0: We'll start to know that that's getting closer when the false prophets come out. The false prophets will bring about through their prophecies Babylon. And we see that being set up a lot right now, whether it's in a polytheist religion or a monotheist religion with apparitions where people are being initiated and they're gonna come out at certain dates with prophecies of doom. Now, I look at the seal judgments and the trumpet judgments as things that we do to ourselves versus the wrath bowls, which is for the ungodly and punishment. Those aren't judgments.
This is what we do to ourselves. And so these are contrived catastrophes as as the people who run this world are trying to bring about the end time. It's going to increase as we go and is going to be required to get to world government and universal religion, but you're gonna have to have the religion first and it's going to control the 10 kings. It rides the beast of empires, reigns over them with the reigns and the 10 kings will hand their power over to Antichrist to destroy Babylon because they're jealous of Babylon. So once we understand the allegories and that's all defined within the Bible, we start to understand how things start to come together.
So to have Babylon come, you have to have prophecies of doom that they can control to have the world convert their language in some of these false prophets, convert to the one true religion or be destroyed from the face of the earth.
Speaker 1: Do you think Babylon has any connotation or allegorical similarities to a nation currently on earth right now?
Speaker 0: Not to a nation, but we know it's said to be a city nine times in the book of Revelation. So we know that. So it's gonna be at a city. And then the matter is what city. And we know it's going to be a universal religion because it's described as a mystery religion in Revelation 17 and an initiatory religion as you understand, Mysterion, the Greek word that's used there, and sits on many waters.
So it's a universal religion of the world. We know it's going to be a geopolitical organization because it controls the 10 kings and they grow jealous of that. And it's the glue that brings that whole network together. And we know it is an economic organization that controls all trade. So it's all of those aspects.
So it's a beast religion and it's all of these other enterprises. So it's going to sit on seven hills in a city but it's more the world. So the seven hills you could say should be ancient hills, it's an ancient city. You could look at Constantinople or you could look at Rome. I think Rome better fits.
Rome was understood as the seat of idolatry in John's time. Their code word, just as we see Peter writing a letter that he's in Babylon, code for Rome, because if you said Rome and you said something bad about Rome, you'd suffer death. It's understood as an allegory for Rome. And so when you get to the definition of Babylon in the New Testament, it has all the other meanings but also an allegory for Rome. So that sort of lines up the seven hills or the seven hills of Romulus and Remus, right?
And this is where the Sibylline prophecies were also located on Palatine Hill. Vaticanus is a branch hill that was part of the Sibylline prophecies. So now you start to see polytheism sort of mixing this in as a connection. It seems to fit that this is going to be maybe start in the Roman church, but it's going to be more of a polytheist religion and it's probably gonna move its home from Vaticanus Hill to inside, where the old city of the 7 Hills was located.
Speaker 1: I have a lot of thoughts, but I'm not intelligent enough to share them. So next time you're here, I'm gonna be studied.
Speaker 0: I think the big point that I would like to get across to people on prophecy is read for yourself. And if you're struggling with conflicts, you need to re examine the approach because you should be able to make everything sort of fit. So and it does if you use Jesus' chronology, everything fits and if you understand him as the Yehovah of the Elohim in the Old Testament where it says Lord or Lord God, that's where he's involved. So now all of those end time prophecies where those terms are utilized, you know when he's coming back. In what period?
Speaker 1: And it'll be great even though it's scary at first. You might die but it'll be better
Speaker 0: We have to go through this. We have to go through this to get to where God wants us to be and where all who have chosen him and all who are loyal will be moving on into eternity.
Speaker 1: You'll know where this is but in Revelation it might be when it's talking about the saints it says they didn't love their life so much that they were, afraid of death. Yeah. And so I think we've been I've just started talking about this where I'm just like, people have to get over the fear of death in all connotations because if you know what is really going to happen, you won't be fearful in the short term.
Speaker 0: No. And you don't have to like it. You don't have to like the process, but God gave us a gift of life to choose and everybody has free choice. We're playing things out through free choice, but God is alpha omega, Jesus is alpha omega is greater than free choice.
Speaker 2: Yeah.
Speaker 1: I got what I needed from that.
Speaker 2: Yeah. I wasn't there's nothing to add to what Gary said. Just something that I'm I think of as I'm listening to this because I know one of the things I see a lot amongst people who are even just people who, not only Christians, but people who love to study eschatology is, like, sometimes that's all they do. Like, that's all they do, and then they just they end up getting into the either the poverty mindset of, oh, man. If it's gonna end, then let's not do anything now.
And I know that's not what we're thinking at the moment, but, there's something that Mike said that really Signorelli. He said, live, build as if Jesus is never coming back, and evangelize like he's coming back today. And that's always just kind of sat with me in terms of this view and brings a lot of peace to situation of like, yes, this is going to get crazy and there's still a lot that we have to do now.
Speaker 0: Yep. And understand we can't control things, we can only control what we do.
Speaker 2: Right.
Speaker 0: And that's what we can do is we can prepare and always watch. Always watch. And that's what Jesus instructs us to do. So I know it sounds odd that you could just take the Redeemer's word for what He said. That's the way of the wisdom of the world today.
But I think it is that simple and when you get it down to that simplicity you get out of the complexity of all of these different eschatological approaches that have to reinvent what Jesus said and have to leave out inconvenient passages. Just let it flow, it'll flow. Just all the pieces will fit together and it should be that way. I mean, it's the meat that's the inherit the earth.
Speaker 1: Mhmm.
Speaker 0: It should be addressed to us, not the elite.
Speaker 1: Yep. Agreed. 100. Cool. You good?
I'm great. You have any questions? Timeline predictions, twenty years, thirty years?
Speaker 0: I refrain from timeline predictions. Although you could speculate that things are heating up right now. But if it is the fig tree generation and you wanted a start point, might look at Jerusalem being that start point and the taking of it in 1967 versus independence because Jerusalem is like the epicenter of end time prophecy and the Southern Kingdom is in possession of it in the end time. So that would make sense to me. And if that is, then it could be seventy years within the 2030s, but things would have to happen very quickly.
Speaker 1: They are speeding up.
Speaker 0: They are speeding up though.
Speaker 1: Like, pretty drastically. So okay. Cool. Thank you for coming.
Speaker 2: Quite welcome.
Speaker 1: You're one of my favorite people. You blow my mind every time you talk. So send me that book tomorrow, and I'll proof the third the third book for you.
Speaker 2: Like, he's not gonna do it.
Speaker 0: No. I don't have the third book done yet, so I can't send it.
Speaker 1: It's in your mind.
Speaker 2: You you have
Speaker 1: it in your mind.
Speaker 0: I do.
Speaker 1: Alright. Thank you guys for watching. If you have any questions specifically around this stuff, we'll probably have him in town again here soon. Let us know. We'll keep track of them.
Put them in the comments. I will forward them to Doctor. Gary.
Speaker 2: Wonderful. Let's go.
Speaker 0: Cool.
Speaker 1: Love you guys. See you.
reSee.it AI Summary
A farmer reports decades of cropping disrupted this year, with a strange cloud cover, no insects, bees, or birds, and stalled crop growth. An interlocutor cites electromagnetic fields from 4G/5G as an invisible toxin and links to studies on wildlife declines, while another user shares related articles. Overall, the thread threads together farmer frustrations with claims that EMF exposure may be linked to insect and pollinator declines.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
“I’ve grown crops on this land grow for DECADES and this year it’s like the whole thing just… stopped.” Farmer says after months under a strange cloud blanket his land has no insects, no bees, no birds and crops that refuse to grow. https://t.co/9o0GrGeaiK
Video Transcript AI Summary
The speaker is voicing a concern about a noticeable absence of insects this year. They point to a buddleia plant, which usually attracts butterflies and bees, but this year has seen hardly any insects on it. They note there are a few flies, but nothing like what’s normally expected, and no bees or bumblebees anywhere nearby, not even wasps. They emphasize this lack of insects is unusual and worrying.
They describe the surrounding conditions: yesterday was overcast but warm, with a “blanket” of dull weather persisting through the summer, resulting in poor grass growth. They opened the silage clamp because there isn’t enough grass, and they spread slurry as rain approaches, yet they still observe poor growth. They question whether a conspiracy is involved, wondering if chemicals sprayed into the atmosphere are changing the weather. They insist they can’t be the only one to notice the absence of insects and fear the broader impact: if insects are scarce, it will affect everyone.
In summary, the speaker reports an unusual year with very few insects (no bees, bumblebees, or wasps; few flies), connects it to poor grass growth and agricultural concerns, and speculates about weather modification or spraying in the atmosphere, describing the situation as worrying and something that will affect people broadly. They invite others to share their thoughts, emphasizing they don’t believe they’re the only observer.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: This is a video I've meant to do for the last few weeks actually. I'm gonna show you something and I wanna know what what you think. I can't be the only one that's noticed this. I can't be. But where all where all the insects?
Let me just show you this. Just just hold on a minute. I don't know whether you could see this. I've got a bit of glare on the screen so I can't really be sure whether you're gonna see it properly. This is a buddlier.
Yeah? All the lovely flowers on it. These are butterflies and bees favorites and they normally there's bees and butterflies on these all the time. I haven't seen one this year, not long. There's a few flies about but nothing like there should be.
I mean milking people will know this this this time of year they're an absolute pain in the fucking ass in the pile of the flies but look there's nothing on there. There's a few flies knocking about, but nothing like they should be. What do you think? Well, I looked at I looked at the cows yesterday in the yard. I mean, it was a crap day yesterday.
There is open cloud today, but yesterday was just overcast. It was warm. But just under that blanket that we've had all bloody summer, I mean, the grass growth is fucking awful. I've actually opened the silage clamp yesterday because I just barely got any grass. I put a load of slurry out because we're get rain again, but what do you think?
Conspiracy? Is it from them spraying chemicals in the atmosphere, changing the weather? I don't know. What do you think? But I can't be the only one that's noticed that there are no bloody insects about.
I haven't seen one bee, not one, not one bumblebee this year. It dawned on me a few weeks ago, I thought, we've normally got loads of bumblebees knocking around here and bees and even wasps. I mean, I hate wasps, but there's nothing about. It's not good. Something is going on.
Definitely, there is something happening. And it is bloody worrying because it's gonna affect everybody. It's gonna affect us. I mean, nothing's growing properly. Anyway I'll leave it with you.
Tell me what you think. I can't be the only one who's noticed this. Can't be. Have a good day.
@Anti5GWarrior - Wireless Warrior
@redpillb0t It's great that people are noticing the toxic chemtrails, but please also consider an invisible toxin: electromagnetic radiation from cell towers & devices. Levels are at all-time highs since 4G, 4GLTE & 5G were rolled out. https://t.co/LHSJikJR2k
@Anti5GWarrior - Wireless Warrior
@redpillb0t 🐜🪳🐝Buglife from 2018 - "Could our obsession with mobile technology destroy wildlife" https://www.buglife.org.uk/news/could-our-obsession-with-mobile-technology-destroy-wildlife/
@Anti5GWarrior - Wireless Warrior
@RosalitoEhs @redpillb0t 🐝"In recent years, researchers have uncovered a troubling connection between EMF and the alarming decline in honeybees, pollinators and other insect populations." ▶️https://www.wildlifeandwireless.org/science#tab-1 https://t.co/oDtzytcQ8t
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
DNA Music Connection https://t.co/vJn5E6BjtM
Video Transcript AI Summary
Suzumu Ono translated DNA sequences into melodious compositions by mapping nucleotide bases G, T, C, and A to the musical notes A, C, G, and D respectively, revealing the inherent musicality of the genetic code. This led to the question of whether music could, in turn, influence or alter our DNA. The transcript notes that sound possesses mass and can move matter, and that cymatics—studying visible patterns formed by sound waves—opens exploration into how music might interact with DNA and cellular processes. Ono’s work demonstrates a profound connection between the language of genetics and the universal language of music, portraying DNA as a symphony of genetic information where each base has a distinct role. This raises inquiries about the reciprocal relationship between DNA and music and whether music could influence the genetic code.
The discussion highlights that music, as a powerful emotional medium, evokes physiological and psychological responses and could plausibly affect gene expression and cellular processes, though scientific evidence is still emerging. Epigenetics is presented as the framework for understanding how external factors beyond DNA sequence can modify gene expression; sound is considered a potential external influence capable of triggering epigenetic changes. The transcript mentions that sound waves can affect cellular activity, stimulating or inhibiting cell growth, influencing protein synthesis, and modulating neurotransmitter release, implying that musical vibrations might interact with DNA-related mechanisms.
Cymatics is introduced as a lens to view how sound and vibrations form geometric patterns in matter, suggesting that music’s complex wave patterns might influence the human body and its DNA. The idea of resonance is discussed: musical frequencies could interact with the vibrational frequencies of DNA, potentially affecting gene expression and cellular processes, thereby contributing to healing or balance. The field of bioacoustics is referenced, noting that certain frequencies and harmonies can resonate with body parts, and music therapy has been shown to affect stress responses, inflammation, immune function, and other physiological aspects.
Specific frequencies and sound-based therapies are highlighted. The frequency 432 Hz is singled out by proponents as having unique resonance with the body and nature, claimed to promote harmony and healing at a cellular level. Isochronic tones and binaural beats are described as methods to target brainwave states and induce relaxation, focus, or creativity. Solfagio frequencies are listed (including 396 Hz, 417 Hz, 528 Hz, 639 Hz, 741 Hz, and 852 Hz) as having purported properties related to energy release, change facilitation, DNA repair, relationships, intuition, and spiritual awakening. The transcript mentions resources via a link in the description to a program offering a library of sounds, including isochronic tones, binaural beats, and Solfagio frequencies, to explore frequencies for well-being.
In conclusion, the text posits that specific frequencies hold potential for influencing DNA and holistic health, suggesting that carefully designed musical experiences could resonate with DNA’s vibrational frequencies to promote physiological and epigenetic changes.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Discover DNA music by converting the nucleotide bases G, T, C, and A to the musical notes A, C, G, and D respectively. This intriguing revelation led to the question, if DNA can be translated into music, can music in turn affect or change our DNA? Sound, as we now know, possesses mass and has the ability to move matter. By delving into the study of cymatics and exploring the potential effects of music on DNA, we can begin to uncover the possibility of utilizing music as a healing tool. Suzumu Ono's groundbreaking research in translating DNA sequences into melodious compositions opened a door to a realm of unexplored possibilities.
By associating specific musical notes with nucleotide bases, Ono revealed the inherent musicality encoded within our genetic blueprint. This discovery not only ignited fascination, but also prompted profound questions about the reciprocal relationship between DNA and the music. If DNA, the fundamental blueprint of life, can be transformed into music, what potential influence could music have on our genetic code? Ono's approach of converting DNA into harmonious melodies highlighted the underlying connection between the complex language of genetics and the universal language of music. DNA, consisting of four nucleotide bases, adenine cytosine guanine and thymine can be seen as a symphony of genetic information.
Each base holds a distinct role in determining the genetic instructions that shape an organism. By associating musical notes with these nucleotide bases, Ono unveiled a profound interplay between the scientific and artistic domains. The translation process not only created beautiful compositions but also provided insights into the inherent musicality within our genetic code. This revelation sparked a deep curiosity about the reciprocal relationship between DNA and music. Whether music in turn could influence or impact our genetic makeup.
Considering the intricate nature of DNA and the complexity of musical compositions, one might ponder the potential effects music could have on our genetic code. Music as a powerful medium that evokes emotions has long been recognized for its capacity to elicit physiological and psychological responses in individuals. It can ignite joy, calmness, excitement, or introspection, transcending language and cultural barriers. If music has the ability to affect our emotions and well-being, could it also have a tangible impact on our DNA? While scientific evidence in this area is still emerging, preliminary studies suggest that music may indeed have the potential to influence genetic expression and cellular processes.
The field of epigenetics explores the factors beyond DNA sequence that can influence gene expression. It acknowledges that external factors such as environmental stimuli and lifestyle choices can modify the way genes are expressed. Sound, as a form of stimulus, may also be capable of triggering epigenetic changes within our cells. Furthermore, recent research has shown that sound waves can affect cellular activity. For instance, specific frequencies have been found to stimulate or inhibit the growth of cells, influence protein synthesis, and even modulate the release of neurotransmitters.
These findings suggest that music as a combination of harmonious frequencies could potentially interact with their cellular processes including DNA related mechanisms. The field of Cymatics offers a captivating perspective on the relationship between sound, vibrations, and the formation of intricate geometric patterns in various substances. By studying the visual representations of sound waves in materials like sand or water, researchers have made remarkable discoveries about the vibrational energy emitted by sound. This exploration into the realm of cymatics raises intriguing questions about the potential impact of music, which consists of complex sound waves on the human body including our DNA. Cymatics has revealed that specific sound frequencies can generate mesmerizing patterns in matter.
As sound waves travel through a medium, they cause the particles within that medium to vibrate. These vibrations, when organized and coordinated, manifest as intricate geometric shapes that can be observed and studied. The notion that sound waves have the power to visibly change matter leads us to consider the possibility that music with its rich and intricate collection of sound waves may possess the ability to influence not only our physical surroundings but also the very essence of our being, our DNA. When we listen to music, we experience a symphony of different frequencies and harmonies. Each musical note corresponds to a specific frequency and wavelength, creating a complex tapestry of sound.
These musical vibrations, just like any other sound waves, have the potential to interact with our bodies at a fundamental level. Within our bodies, DNA serves as the blueprint for life, containing the genetic instructions that shape who we are. It is composed of nucleotide bases and each base has its own vibrational properties. Given that sound waves can affect the vibrational patterns in matter, it is not far fetched to hypothesize that music as a collection of intricate sound waves might influence the vibrational state of our DNA. The potential influence of music on DNA brings to mind the concept of resonance.
Resonance occurs when two objects share similar frequencies causing one object to vibrate in response to the vibrations of the other. It is possible that the resonant frequencies present in music could interact with the vibrational frequencies of our DNA creating a harmonious resonance within ourselves. If music has the power to influence the vibrational state of our DNA, it could potentially impact gene expression, cellular processes, and ultimately, our overall well-being. This opens up a new realm of possibilities for utilizing music as a therapeutic tool capable of restoring balance and promoting healing at a fundamental level. The exploration of sound and vibration on the human body has been the subject of numerous studies.
One fascinating area of investigation is sound therapy, which has demonstrated its ability to promote relaxation, reduce stress, and enhance overall well-being. It has been observed that the resonant frequencies emitted by various musical instruments can stimulate different physiological responses in individuals, highlighting the profound influence that sound and vibration can have on our bodies. When considering the impact of sound and vibration on DNA, it is crucial to recognize that DNA is not simply an inert molecule. Rather, it possesses inherent vibrational frequencies that contribute to its functioning. These frequencies play a crucial role in the stability and integrity of our genetic material.
Disruptions or disturbances to these frequencies can lead to genetic mutations or alterations, which can have significant consequences for our health and well-being. Given the vibrational nature of DNA, it is plausible to suggest that music as a powerful source of vibrations has the potential to interact with our genetic material at a fundamental level. The intricate collection of sound waves in music generates vibrations that can permeate our bodies reaching deep within ourselves. Through this perspective, music could be viewed as a medium capable of resonating with the vibrational frequencies of DNA. The resonant frequencies within music may align with or influence the vibrational frequencies of our genetic material, potentially leading to physiological and even epigenetic changes.
Epigenetics, the study of heritable changes in gene expression that do not involve alterations to the DNA sequence, provides a framework to understand how music might impact our DNA. Epigenetic modifications can be influenced by external factors such as environmental stimuli, lifestyle choices, and potentially, sound vibrations. By affecting the vibrational frequencies of DNA, music might modulate gene expression, potentially influencing cellular processes and overall physiological responses. This opens up a fascinating realm of inquiry into the potential use of music as a therapeutic tool to promote wellness and restore balance within our bodies. From ancient civilizations to modern times, music has been intertwined with the concept of healing and restoration.
Ancient cultures recognized the therapeutic effects of certain melodies and rhythms, utilizing music to promote physical and emotional well-being. In recent years, scientific research has shed light on the physiological impact of music, revealing its potential to influence various bodily functions. Listening to music has been shown to have measurable effects on heart rate, blood pressure, stress hormone levels, and even immune system activity. These findings suggest that music possesses the remarkable ability to interact with our physiological processes influencing our overall health and well-being. If music can have such a significant impact on these physiological aspects, it is reasonable to speculate that it may also possess the potential to influence our DNA at a molecular level.
DNA, as the fundamental blueprint of life, plays a crucial role in determining our genetic makeup and maintaining our cellular processes. The vibrational frequencies present in music may hold the key to its potential influence on DNA. DNA itself possesses inherent vibrational frequencies, and disruptions to these frequencies can result in genetic mutations or imbalances. By aligning specific musical frequencies with the vibrational frequencies of DNA, it is possible that music could restore harmony and balance within our genetic blueprint. Research in the field of bioacoustics suggests that certain frequencies and harmonies can resonate with specific parts of the body.
Just as a skilled musician tunes their instrument to produce harmonious sounds, it is conceivable that music, when carefully composed and attuned, could create resonances that interact with the vibrational frequencies of our DNA. The potential healing influence of music on DNA extends beyond the realm of mere speculation. Studies have indicated that music therapy can impact gene expression, altering the activity of genes associated with stress response, inflammation, and immune function. This suggests that music has the ability to initiate epigenetic changes, modifying gene expression patterns without altering the underlying DNA sequence. Furthermore, emerging research in the field of psychoneuroimmunology reveals the intricate connection between mind, body, and the immune system.
Music has the capacity to evoke emotional and psychological responses, which can subsequently modulate immune system activity. These immunomodulatory effects may further contribute to the potential healing influence of music on our DNA. One particular frequency that has gained attention is 432 hertz. Proponents of this frequency argue that it possesses a unique resonance with the human body and the natural world, promoting harmony and balance within our DNA. Advocates claim that listening to music tuned to 432 hertz can induce a profound sense of well-being and even facilitate healing at a cellular level.
Moreover, sound based therapies such as isochronic tones and binaural beats offer further opportunities to experience specific frequencies. Isochronic tones are single tones that pulse on and off at specific intervals, while binaural beats involve presenting two slightly different frequencies to each ear, resulting in the perception of a third frequency. These techniques can be utilized to target specific brainwave states and induce desired effects such as relaxation, focus, or enhanced creativity. Solfagio frequencies are another fascinating aspect of specific frequencies that have gained attention in recent years. These frequencies, including three ninety six hertz, four seventeen hertz, five twenty eight hertz, six thirty nine Hz, seven forty one Hz, and eight fifty two Hz are believed to have unique properties that resonate with different aspects of our well-being.
Each frequency is associated with specific intentions such as releasing negative energy, facilitating change, promoting DNA repair, enhancing relationships, stimulating intuition, and awakening spiritual connections. To explore and experience the multitude of specific frequencies for different body functions and well-being enhancements, a wide range of resources and programs are available. By clicking the link in the description, you can access a comprehensive program that offers an extensive library of sounds, including isochronic tones, binaural beats, sulfagal frequencies, and more. This program provides a convenient and customizable way to select and immerse yourself in the frequencies that resonate with your intentions and desired outcomes. While the concept of altering DNA through specific frequencies is still an area of ongoing exploration, the potential to influence our well-being at a cellular level is both captivating and inspiring.
By utilizing specific frequencies such as four thirty two Hertz and esophageal frequencies and engaging in sound based therapies, we have the opportunity to create harmonic resonance within ourselves, potentially promoting positive changes in our DNA and overall health. In conclusion, specific frequencies hold immense potential for altering our DNA and enhancing our holistic well-being. Utilizing resources like the program available through the provided link allows you to explore and access a vast array of sounds. By immersing ourselves in these frequencies, we open the door to the transformative power of sound, potentially unlocking the ability to positively influence our DNA and experience profound well-being.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Jordan Peterson: Billions of people were given an experimental injection which was not really a vaccine. https://t.co/ogajUD7YV5
Video Transcript AI Summary
Speaker 0 argues that billions of people were injected with an experimental vaccine, stating “it wasn't a bloody just no. It wasn't.” He rejects the notion of it being definitive or perfect, emphasizing that “it wasn’t” in terms of being a flawless solution.
Speaker 1 counters, asserting “It was no one isn’t,” suggesting confusion or contradiction in the prior claim and challenging the certainty of the statement. He adds that there is a lack of a 100% success rate and questions the ultimate aim, asking what the core purpose is when it comes to giving your body a training of the immune system and technology.
Speaker 0 reinforces the complexity, noting that there were “different types” to contend with and that the fact that they weren’t the same technology matters. He agrees there are various types of vaccines or approaches, indicating there is diversity in the technology or formulations used.
Speaker 1 concedes the existence of different types and technologies, acknowledging that “there are different types of” vaccines, and that “There are different technologies.” He identifies mRNA as a type of vaccine but Speaker 0 interrupts, insisting “No. It was” and continuing his line of reasoning about the distinctions between the technologies and their evolution.
Speaker 1 acknowledges change, saying “like this, and now it's like this,” recognizing a progression or shift in the approach. Speaker 0 rejects the suggestion that the transition is simple or uniform, insisting “No. No. No. It was like this, and now it's like this.” He asserts that the mRNA technology represented a radical, qualitative leap forward in technology, a claim about the significance of the development.
Speaker 0 contends that naming the technology as mRNA can be acceptable only in a limited sense; he says “You can call it if if you want to, but it bears very little resemblance to anything that went before that.” The rationale for the term mRNA is tied to branding: “The reason it was called a scene was because was a brand name that had a track record of safety, and shoehorning it in that was one of the ways to make sure that people weren't terrified of the technology.”
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: He injected billions of people with an experimental it wasn't a bloody just no. It wasn't.
Speaker 1: It was no one isn't.
Speaker 0: Yes. It is. It's Well, it doesn't have a 100%
Speaker 1: success rate. You think it's a definition of all point of is to give your body a
Speaker 0: protein train on. The immune system works. Technology.
Speaker 1: Who cares if it's not the same? There's plenty there's
Speaker 0: different so types that they didn't have to contend with the fact that it wasn't the same technology.
Speaker 1: There are different types of
Speaker 0: There certainly are.
Speaker 1: That are different technologies. Fine. The mRNA is a type of vaccine.
Speaker 0: Now this is No. It was
Speaker 1: like this, and now it's like this.
Speaker 0: No. No. No. It was like this, and now it's like this. The m n r mRNA technology was a radical, qualitative leap forward in technology.
You can call it if if you want to, but it bears very little resemblance to anything that went before that. The reason it was called a scene was because was a brand name that had a track record of safety, and shoehorning it in that was one of the ways to make sure that people weren't terrified of the technology.
reSee.it AI Summary
I confront the claim that $21 trillion is missing from the U.S. government—about $65,000 per person. I ask where the money is, how it happened, and how much is truly missing, and what would occur if a corporation or taxpayer failed an audit. I allege the Fed and member banks, contractors, and Wall Street transact government money outside the law, and I question whether banks, investors, or accountants would tolerate this.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Financial Coup d’Etat: History of the Missing Money $21 Trillion dollars is missing from the U.S. government. That is $65,000 per person—as much as the national debt! What’s going on? Where is the money? How could this happen? How much has really gone missing? What would happen if a corporation failed to pass an audit like this? Or a taxpayer? This means the Fed and their member banks are transacting government money outside the law. So are the corporate contractors that run the payment systems. So are the Wall Street firms who are selling government securities without full disclosure. Would your banks continue to handle your bank account if you behaved like this? Would your investors continue to buy your securities if you behaved like this? Would your accountant be silent?
Video Transcript AI Summary
In 1994, the New York Fed and the Federal Reserve bought shares in the Bank of International Settlements (BIS). The BIS is described as the central bank of central banks in Sweden/Switzerland, said to operate above the law, with sovereign immunity, the ability to receive and hold money secretly, and to keep money on its balance sheet secretly. The Fed’s purchase allegedly made their relationship with the BIS closer.
In 1995, a budget deal “crashed and burned,” and in October there was a claim from the president of the largest pension fund that “they, whoever they are, have given up on the country and moving all the money out starting in the fall.” It was around October 1997 that money purportedly began to go missing from HUD and the Department of Defense. The speaker asserts that from 1998 to 2015, $20,000,000,000,000 was missing from COD and $1,000,000,000,000 missing from HUD. With money going missing, the speaker describes the onset of the “great poisoning.”
The argument continues that the next month after the budget deal collapse, OxyContin was approved, HUD predatory lending began, pill mills started, and targeting of low-income neighborhoods intensified, with roundups from the private prison movement. The speaker notes undocumentable adjustments rising sharply. By 09:11, the speaker claims, a reporter had been covering missing money and a large spread was planned for Insight magazine about $3,300,000,000,000 missing, demanding accountability and identifying which private corporations and banks ran the payment systems. The story was expected to run on 09/15/2001.
On 09/10/2001, Donald Rumsfeld held a press conference at the Department of Defense stating that the DoD was missing $2.3 trillion (or $3 trillion, depending on version). The next day, 9/11 occurred. James Corbett later released a video, “Nine Eleven Trillions,” describing how offices blown up at the Pentagon and World Trade Center related to securities and financial operations connected to the missing money. The speaker asserts that the Pentagon office blown up housed the Office of Naval Intelligence Research Group investigating the missing money. The Patriot Act followed, DoD received large appropriations, and attention to missing money diminished.
Fast forward to 2015, the financials allegedly showed the greatest missing money in one year: the DoD was missing $6.5 trillion in that year. Dr. Mark Skidmore, a budgeting expert at Michigan State University, investigated, and, after reviewing DoD financials, confirmed substantial undocumentable adjustments. He contacted the speaker to help conduct a complete survey of all financial statements from fiscal 1997 to 2015. The survey yielded figures increasing from $12 trillion to $21 trillion missing. When Skidmore published his 2017 report (at missingmoney.solari.com), it was found that the amount missing from the U.S. Treasury matched the total outstanding debt of the United States on the books—$21 trillion.
Authorities reportedly pressed the DoD to produce audited financial statements; DoD refused. The Kavanaugh hearings are cited as the moment when the Federal Accounting Standards Advisory Board (FASB) Statement 56 was issued, allowing the government to keep books secret as a matter of administrative policy, extending to private companies and banks doing business with the government. The result, according to the speaker, is that much of the disclosure in the U.S. securities market is meaningless due to government secrecy.
The speaker notes that COVID-19 operations could not have happened without FASB 56, claiming it enabled access to unlimited secret money. A quoted anecdote is that one month after FASB 56 passed, Moderna reportedly raised $500,000,000.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: And let me give you the history. In, 1994, the New York Fed and the Federal Reserve bought shares in the Bank of International Settlements. The Bank of International Settlements is the central bank of central banks in Swede in Switzerland and operates above the law. They have sovereign immunity and enjoy it in many respects, and they can receive and hold money secretly. They can keep money on their balance sheet secretly.
So the Fed bought shares and and made their relationship with the BIS much closer in 1994. In 1995, a budget deal, basically crashed and burned in October, and it was then that one of the largest pension funds president of the largest pension fund in the country said to me, they, whoever they is, have given up on the country and moving all the money out starting in the fall. And it was that fall, October 1997, when money started to go missing from HUD as well as the Department of Defense. As of today, there's 21 there's $20,000,000,000,000 between 1998 and 2015 missing from COD and 1,000,000,000,000 missing from HUD. The other thing that started to happen when that money started to go missing, Poly, was what I call the great poisoning.
So literally, it was the next month after the the the budget deal crashed that that the that OxyContin was approved and the HUD predatory lending started and the pill mills started, and really the targeting of the low income neighborhood started, the roundups coming from the private prison movement. And so undocumentable adjustments then skyrocket. Coming into 09:11, we had been working with a reporter in Washington who was writing story after story about the missing money, and we had a huge spread coming out in Insight magazine, the cover story going to all the congressional and senate offices talking about what was then 3,300,000,000,000.0 missing and demanding accountability, including who were the private corporations and banks running all those payment systems. And we expected that story. It was gonna be run on 09/15/2001.
That Monday, so the day before 09:11, Donald Rumsfeld gave a press conference at the Department of Defense. You can see the video up at the missing money website at Solari. And he announced that the the Department of Defense was missing two point through $3,000,000,000,000, and we assumed he was trying to get ahead of our story. Well, we know that wasn't true. The next day, 09:11 happened.
James Corbyn has a wonderful video called nine eleven trillions where he describes how many of the offices that were blown up at the Pentagon and the World Trade Center related to securities and other financial operations, very much connected to the money that was disappearing. In fact, we were told that the office at the Pentagon that was blown up or one of the offices was the location for the Office of Naval Intelligence Research Group that was investigating the missing money. And so the rest is history. The Patriot Act had passed, and then the DOD got huge appropriations, and nobody really cared about the missing money. So let me go back to the chronology again.
So fast forward, Carolyn and I kept tracking the missing money and kept tracking and tracking. And then in 2015, the financials came out, and it was the greatest missing money in one year. The DOD was missing 6,500,000,000,000.0 in a year. And I started to talk about it publicly. You know, I kept talking about it, but needless to say, nobody was really picking up on it after James Corbett made that great video.
And, and so doctor Mark Skidmore, who was a professor, expert in budgeting at Michigan State University, heard me and he said, oh, wow. She must be wrong. It can't possibly you know, the Department of Defense can't be missing, you know, 10 plus times its total budget in a year. And so he went to the financials on the on the DOD website and discovered, actually, I was right. There were 6,500,000,000,000.0 of undocumentable adjustments at the army and the Department of Defense.
And so he called me and he said, is there anything I can do to help? And I said, yes. We've never done a complete survey of all the financial statements in all the years from fiscal nineteen ninety seven to 2015, would you get some of your students and do a complete survey? And sure enough, he did. And to his shock and amazement, I had the number up to 12,000,000,000,000.
He got it to 21,000,000,000,000. And interestingly enough, Polly, when he published his big report in 2017, again, up at missingmoney.solari.com, what did we discover? We discovered that the amount of money missing from the US Treasury was, the same amount as the total debt of The United States. On the books of The United States, when Doctor. Skidmore published that report, there's $21,000,000,000,000 missing from the US government, and there was $21,000,000,000,000 of outstanding debt.
And I'll explain why that's important in a second. A lot of pressure was brought on the Department of Defense to produce audited financial statements. Once again, they refused. And when they refused remember the Kavanaugh hearings? Do you remember, Polly?
Yes. Yes. Yes. Okay. I'm here.
During the Kavanaugh hearings, the senate, the house, Republican and Democrats, and the Trump White House got together and issued a policy called Federal Accounting Standards Advisory Board statement 56. I refer to it in short as FASB 56. We have a great article that describes this in detail. Maybe if you could bring that up, Lou. FASB 56.
There we go. You can find that at the missing money and and in the links for the show. And what FASB 56 says, very short and simple, is basically the government can keep secret books as a matter of administrative policy, thus refusing to obey the all the financial management rules and regulations and laws, including the constitutional provisions for disclosure of financial operations. They extended it along with the classification laws to private companies and banks doing business with the federal government, which means when you look at The US securities market, the large cap section of The US market, you know, most of the disclosure disclosure is meaningless. You have no idea how the money works at many of these companies and the government because they're so intertwined.
That was an astonishing event. And in my opinion, Polly, the the COVID nineteen operation could never have happened without that because it put the Department of Defense and some of the agencies in a position to essentially access an unlimited amount of secret money. So, you know, somebody once told me it was a wet dream secret money for secret operations. And if you look at the money that flowed out, it was interesting. It was, I think, one month after FASB fifty six passed that suddenly Moderna magically raised $500,000,000.
Quite a coincidence. Can I just comment
reSee.it AI Summary
I woke in 2022 and followed a rabbit hole from the Fed and historic panics to Bretton Woods, Nixon Shock, NAFTA, Citizens United, COVID inflation, and today’s wealth gap. The system is operating exactly as it should. Red vs. blue politics are a distraction while money printing, lobbying, and deregulation concentrate power at the top. Digital ID, cashless currency, AI replacing white-collar work, and rent-your-life subscriptions. It’s pattern recognition, not a conspiracy.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
A man says a personal wake-up moment in 2022 sent him down a rabbit hole. From the Federal Reserve and historic bank panics… to Bretton Woods, the Nixon Shock, NAFTA, Citizens United, COVID inflation, and today’s exploding wealth gap. “The system is operating exactly as it should.” He argues red vs. blue politics are a distraction while money printing, corporate lobbying, and deregulation quietly consolidated power at the top. “Digital ID. Cashless currency. AI replacing white-collar jobs. Subscription everything. Rent your entire life.” He warns this isn’t accidental and that by the time it’s fully implemented, “we won’t even realize what’s happened.” “This isn’t conspiracy. It’s pattern recognition.”
Video Transcript AI Summary
In February 2022, Speaker 0 describes a personal turning point that led him to explore the history of the Federal Reserve and the broader financial system. He outlines a long arc from bank panics through the New Deal, Bretton Woods, Nixon shock, Reaganomics, NAFTA, Glass-Steagall, the SEC margin changes of 2004, to Citizens United and COVID-era inflation. He argues that the United States has been following a deliberate path toward economic authoritarianism, with laws and regulations being rewritten “law by law, union by union, regulation by regulation” to favor billionaires, corporations, and investors while widening the working-class wealth gap. He asserts that the system operates as designed: usury, fractional reserve lending, and a political discourse divided along red and blue while chasing green.
Speaker 0 connects current events to this trajectory, noting regime change and opportunities in oil, wealth protection for elites, and coverage of billionaire wrongdoing. He lists inflationary policies across multiple administrations (Biden, Trump, Obama, Bush, Clinton) and anticipates a shift toward digital ID, digital currency, and stablecoins as part of a broader move away from paper money. He predicts a future with AI-driven wealth growth concentrated at the top, supported by data centers, and a potential universal basic income (UBI) world. He warns of leadership that leverages unfettered Citizens United lobbying to push radical changes that people may not fully grasp until after they’re implemented, including extensive money printing and information control that could suppress free speech by monitoring online behavior and targeting based on posting tendencies. He envisions a social economy where almost everything is subscription-based, including cars and other assets, making it difficult for the working class to accumulate assets and move between social classes.
Speaker 1 complements and expands the critique, framing the current situation as a spiritual and systemic battle. He argues that the top “wants more” wealth and power and is actively laying out steps toward full economic and financial totalitarian control, dismissing it as not a conspiracy but real. He raises concerns about AI-driven job displacement, citing a new data center project in Delaware City that will create only a small number of jobs, highlighting the disparity between wealth creation and meaningful employment. He stresses rising costs—housing, healthcare, child care—and implies that private equity and Wall Street influence through Citizens United have allowed unlimited money into the system. He claims the issue is not partisan but a two-sided dynamic of power and control. He suggests that if enough people embraced a Jesus-like stance against wealth hoarding and oppressive leadership, perhaps the “money drivers” could be challenged, and the practice of “whips and flipping of tables” might become a less likely prophecy of the future.
Together, they argue that economic and political power consolidation is advancing toward digital regimes, surveillance-enabled control, and a subscription-based economy, driven by a small group of powerful actors across parties. They frame their discussion as urgent and ongoing, aiming to illuminate these trends from multiple angles, including housing, Epstein, and beyond.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: In February 2022,
Speaker 1: I had a had a moment in
Speaker 0: my life, I won't get too deep into right now, that
Speaker 1: just led me down a path of of waking up.
Speaker 0: And waking up for me started something simple, like, what's the Federal Reserve? Reserve? What did they do? How are they founded? That's odd.
Other central banks. Let me look into the past. Let me look at, oh, how this was founded. Okay. Started with a bank panic.
Why was there a bank panic? And then, you know, you lead through the history, you get through the New Deal, you get through with the Bretton Woods agreement, you get into the Nixon shock, you get into Reaganomics, and then you walk through NAFTA and Glass Steagall and the SEC margin will change of 2,004, and then you work all the way up to Citizens United and COVID inflation, and you think, wow. Has this nation really just been on this path for a century? I make this content, guys, because I feel we are headed toward clear economic authoritarianism. Because I believe full heartedly there is a path set up to walk down and be clear.
I'm not saying this is what's going to happen, but that the path of lily pads in our history, looking at the legislative wires ripping out new deal legislation, law by law, union by union, regulation by regulation, allowing a billionaire to make a little more, allowing a corporation to have a little less red tape, allowing an investor to make a little bit more moolah, all to the tune of the working class wealth gap being so exacerbated at this moment that it doesn't seem recoverable. I don't think it's supposed to be. I make this content because I don't want you to feel like what's happening at this moment is coming out of left field. The system's operating as it should. The usury model is operating as it should.
The fractional reserve lending system is operating as it should. The political discourse to divide us between red and blue while they chase green is operating exactly as it should. And when you hear about what's going on today with regime change and oil oil gaining opportunities out in Venezuela, when you hear about billionaire pedophiles being covered up for, when you walk into a tariff infused inflating economy that's been inflating through Biden, through the first Trump Trump term, through Obama's term. Money was printed during Bush and Clint. All these different politicians, blue or red, doesn't matter.
And now we're talking digital ID. Now we're talking about getting currency out of paper and into the cloud. Now we're talking about paying down our own debt by utilizing stable coin efforts. I'm here to tell you guys right now I'm looking at a world with AI Infusement, data centers backing it to a point where they can continue to live out their lives of wealth gaining, of capitalistic tendencies on the backs, not only of the working class, but just of the American people. See, I I think there's truly a UBI world in the future.
I think there truly is a regime change effort within our own economy that we'll see in the next few years. And this doesn't have to do with Trump. This doesn't have to do with even Republicans. It has to do with leadership. It has to do with unfettered Citizens United lobbying that has led toward legislation that's gotten us to the point where it seems like an unforeseen effort.
I'm I'm not stating that correctly. It's it's they're bringing about so many radical changes that we can't even conceptualize. Hear me. So that by the time they're implemented, we have no clue what's even happened. That that money printing, acknowledging for the last decade and a half, we're we're gonna get to the end of it and we're not even gonna realize what has happened.
We're gonna get to digital ID and information control and lack of free speech due to them being able to monitor everything you do and literally be able to rescue based off tendencies of posting comments you've made online. That is a world we are walking toward. We are walking toward a world where the normal everyday person is going to have to rent everything, is gonna have to subscribe to everything. There are going to be subscription cars. Okay?
There are gonna be subscriptions for everything. Everything. There's not gonna be any asset that can be obtained by the working class because they know if you did, you get your ass in a different class and they don't want that. Because whenever you move up a class, somebody else has to move down a class and that's not the way it has to be. About two thousand years ago, about one thousand nine hundred and ninety six years ago, a man stood in front of two different sets of people at two different times.
One was a market. A market of money changers who were utilizing the floor at which they were selling and taking advantage of those that were trying
Speaker 1: to conduct sacrifices and just ripping them
Speaker 0: a new one financially over it. He brought out a whip and flip tables. On another instance, in a market full of individuals called out vehemently the den of vipers that are leading them, the cold hearted religious influence that was leading their people toward a wealth cap problem. And a man who's now in a book that has been utilized to propagandize and nationalize a bunch of old white men and using that very book to posture themselves as blessed, to posture themselves as in the right, all while ignoring the very thing Jesus, Yeshua, Christ hated, wealth hoarding and false leadership. This is spiritual warfare, and if you think that Jesus wouldn't be
Speaker 1: the first person to step up against it, I don't think you've read the Bible, and I'm not saying you had to. You can read the Quran. You can study Buddhism, Hinduism. In fact, I think the monks really got it right.
Speaker 0: If we all were able to find our inner peace,
Speaker 1: the world's different, but that's not what the top wants. The top wants more. They want more of this earth. They want more of its treasures, and they want more and more and more and more, and they're doing it. They're laying out the steps toward full economic and financial totalitarian control, and that's not a conspiracy.
What's going to happen when AI rips apart the entire working class, especially the white collar working class entry level?
Speaker 0: Oh, well, it's gonna create jobs. There's a
Speaker 1: new data center going in Delaware City that's 11 buildings, and it's gonna cost billions and billions of dollars. You know how many jobs it's creating? 80.
Speaker 0: I didn't not 80,000. 80. Not eighty hundred. 80. 56 of them will be custodial and security.
When you look at the economic situation right now, you may be able to think, unfortunately, you can't buy a house right now. You don't
Speaker 1: know if your car breaks down, what you would do. If you had
Speaker 0: to get new brakes, how are
Speaker 1: you gonna afford them? Credit card debt is an all time highs. Health care costs are at all time highs. Child care costs are at all time highs. When you look
Speaker 0: at what private equity, hedge funds, Wall Street, billionaire leaders who are lobbying the politicians at an unfettered
Speaker 1: amount since Citizens United because now
Speaker 0: they can an infinite amount of money can come into our system from them, Eddie.
Speaker 1: I make this content because I don't think it's blue and red. I think it's two sides of the same coin. I think our country is controlled, and I think it's controlled by people who want one thing, power. Money is power. Status is power.
Leadership is power. Land is power. And they want that power so that they can have control over you. I don't think that's a conspiracy. I think it's real.
And I'm gonna keep talking about it from all angles, whether it's housing affordability, Epstein, or anything in between. And I think it matters that we have these conversations because otherwise, it will come out of left field. And heck, maybe, just maybe,
Speaker 0: if enough people were to take on
Speaker 1: the mantle of what a Jesus probably would have done, well, maybe we run the money drivers out. Maybe the whips and the flipping of tables becomes less of a story and more of a prophecy of what's to come. Because Jesus loved everybody, and he only hated one thing, people who demonize, ostracize, and minimize its people in the name of power and money. It's sick, and it's what's happening right now. And I'm gonna keep talking about it.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Ancestry DNA isn’t really about finding your family https://t.co/JBJMtqVNtJ
Video Transcript AI Summary
Speaker 0 argues that Ancestry DNA was never about helping you find your family, but about tracking bloodlines, finding lost kings, rulers and disruptors who once threatened the system, and those who have returned in new bodies, lifetimes, and identities. History, they claim, is not linear; it loops, and the rulers of today know that old enemies are being reborn and will do anything to stop them from waking up. They assert that they can trace every bloodline, every descendant, every possible return of an old ruler, an exiled king, a lost revolutionary, and if someone is born with the wrong DNA, a genetic signature that once belonged to a threat to their system, they know immediately and can stop them before they wake up. The speaker asks if the elite care about being 5% Viking or 10% Italian, implying they do not; for thousands of years, power has been passed down through family lines not because of wealth or privilege, but because certain souls always return to the same genetic pools. They claim the rulers of the past practiced inbreeding to ensure their souls would return to their dynasty, kept extensive genealogy records to know who belonged to which bloodline, and created secret societies that only accept specific families because they believe power reincarnates within their lineage. They assert these elites have always been obsessed with tracking souls through DNA, and with modern technology they no longer have to guess. The real reason mass DNA collection programs were launched was to find and neutralize threats before they wake up. Since DNA testing became popular, intelligence agencies gained access to private DNA databases without consent, genetic data was bought, sold and cross-referenced against historical bloodlines, mapping ancient royal lineages, fallen empires, and revolutionary leaders to their modern descendants. They claim they are searching for someone, or many someones—the ones who opposed the system before, the ones who once sat on thrones never meant to return, the ones who have the power to remember and fight again.
If they find you in their system, they act before you do: they discredit certain people before they rise to power, they silence those who start remembering too much, they neutralize threats before they can shake the system again. Because if you wake up, if you remember who you were, if you realize why you are really here, the cycle ends, the throne is taken back, and their illusion of control collapses forever.
The final question: who were you before? This is not a game. The war for control did not start in this lifetime; it has been happening for centuries, for ages, for cycles upon cycles of reincarnation. And now, the system is collapsing, more people are waking up, and the ones in power are desperate to track, suppress, and erase those who were never meant to return. So ask yourself, why were you born in this time? Why does history feel familiar? Why do you feel drawn to certain places, symbols, eras as if you lived them before? You might not just be a person searching for your past. You might be the past searching for itself. And the ones who rule now, they know who you are. The only question is, do you?
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Ancestry DNA, it was never about helping you find your family. They told you it was about reconnecting with your past. They told you it was about discovering your roots, lineage, your history. They told you it was about finding long lost relatives. They lied.
Ancestry DNA was never about helping you find your family. It was about tracking bloodlines. It was about finding lost kings, rulers and disruptors who once threatened the system. The ones who have returned in new bodies, new lifetimes, new identities. Because history is not linear, it loops.
And the rulers of today, they know that their old enemies are being reborn, and they will do anything to stop them from waking up. They can trace every bloodline, every descendant, every possible return of an old ruler, an exiled king, a lost revolutionary. And if someone is born with the wrong DNA, a genetic signature that once belonged to a threat to their system, they know immediately. They can stop them before they wake up. Do you really think the elite care if you're 5% Viking or 10% Italian?
No. For thousands of years, power has been passed down through family lines. Not because of wealth, not because of privilege, but because of something deeper. Because certain souls always returned to the same genetic pools. The rulers of the past knew this, that's why they practiced inbreeding to ensure their own souls would return to their own dynasty, kept extensive genealogy records so they would always know who belonged to which bloodline, created secret societies that only accept specific families because they believe power reincarnates within their lineage.
They have always been obsessed with tracking souls through DNA Now with modern technology, they don't have to guess anymore. The real reason they launched mass DNA collection programs was to find and neutralize threats before they wake up. Look at what happened the moment DNA testing became popular. Intelligence agencies gained access to private DNA databases without consent. Genetic data was bought, sold and cross referenced against historical bloodlines.
Ancient royal lineages, fallen empires and revolutionary leaders were mapped to their modern descendants. They are searching for someone, or rather many someones. The ones who opposed the system before. The ones who once sat on thrones they were never meant to return to. The ones who have the power to remember and fight again.
And if they find you in their system, they act before you do. They discredit certain people before they rise to power. They silence those who start remembering too much. They neutralize threats before they can shake the system again. Because if you wake up, if you remember who you were, if you realize why you are really here, the cycle ends, the throne is taken back, and their illusion of control collapses forever.
The final question, who were you before? This is not a game. The war for control did not start in this lifetime. It has been happening for centuries, for ages, for cycles upon cycles of reincarnation. And now?
Now we are in the final phase. The system is collapsing, more people are waking up, and the ones in power are desperate. Desperate to track, suppress, and erase those who were never meant to return. So ask yourself, why were you born in this time? Why does history feel familiar?
Why do you feel drawn to certain places, symbols, eras as if you lived them before? You might not just be a person searching for your past. You might be the past searching for itself. And the ones who rule now, they know who you are. The only question is, do you?
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Former World Bank executive poisoned for telling the truth about the bankers. https://t.co/m01aMzWgMb
Video Transcript AI Summary
Speaker 0 describes a period over a month ago when they had just gotten out of the hospital and rehab after being poisoned by arsenic, noting significant progress and resilience despite being slammed to the floor the night before. They state that the attack was aimed at them because they are standing in for every single person who is tired of corruption, which they attribute to paper money. They claim more people understand this, referring to a growing “critical mass,” and say they will be doing things differently by deciding things for themselves and by cutting off money to “the banking cartel,” which they identify as Wall Street and the biggest firms there.
They assert that behind these firms is a group called the black nobility, claiming these people have been in charge for at least nine thousand years, a point they say can be seen in the pyramids. The speaker mentions preparing an outline and uploading documents to social media, but notes that links were cut three times and are being re-uploaded, with potential further link disruption, explaining they are learning from experience.
The speaker explains their involvement in this position as being in the right place at the right time. They claim that after World War II, Jose Rizal, described as the black pope and the superior general of the Society of Jesus, and his lawyer Ferdinand Marcos, created the World Bank and deposited the world’s wealth in the World Bank. They assert they were in the World Bank legal department for over twenty years and have never left the legal department because they were reinstated, implying collaboration with others. They mention having shared documents from the executive directors and the audit committee of the World Bank Board to illustrate that everyone understood something significant.
A core theme is presenting a “real history” claim: what people think happened in 1,000 BC is asserted to have been happening in the Middle Ages. They reference Russian scholarship, specifically Moscow State University and professor Anatoly Fomenko, noting a series of volumes that explain this perspective. The claim is that the history taught in universities is inverted, and that one can see evidence in buried coastal cities to identify the same groups active throughout history—repeating cycles.
The speaker notes further that they have shown documents of collaboration with the board of executive directors and with the Netherlands’ representative, Peter Steck, who reportedly had a meeting with Jim Bull to get to the end of something unspecified.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Did the last video over a month ago, and that was when I had just gotten out of the hospital and rehab after I was, poisoned by arsenic. And I'm making a lot of progress. As you can see, I'm doing okay. Last night, I don't think people really wanted me to update you because somebody slammed me to the floor very hard. But you see, I'm sort of resilient and slowed me down at all.
Just made me a little sore, and I'm gonna have a little backache for a while. But the reason why I'm being picked on is because I'm just standing in for every single person because we're tired of the corruption, and that corruption is coming from the paper money. Many people understand this. There are more and more people that understand what's going on. We call them the critical mass.
And because these people do understand this, we're in a different reality. We're going to be doing things differently. Main thing that we're gonna be doing differently is we're going to be deciding things for ourselves. And the way that's gonna happen is we're gonna cut off the money that's going to something called the banking cartel. That's Wall Street.
That's all the biggest firms on Wall Street. And there are people that are behind those firms. That's called the black nobility. These people have been in charge at least nine thousand years ago. We know this because of the pyramids.
I prepared an outline, and I had some very interesting documents, which I uploaded on my social media. And the links were cut down three times. So I put them back up, and we may have to contend with some more links being broken. I don't I'm doing things a little bit differently. I'm learning from experience.
The reason why I've been involved in in the position that I'm in is because I was in the right place at the right time. At the end of World War two, Jose Rizal, who was then something called the black pope, That's the superior general of the society of Jesus. And his lawyer was Ferdinand Marcos. They created the World Bank, and they deposited the world's wealth in the World Bank. And I was in the World Bank legal department for over twenty years.
And I've actually never left the legal department because I was reinstated because they realized that we we were all working together. And I've given you recently some documents from the executive directors and the audit committee of the World World Bank Board to show you that everybody understood. One of the things that I've been telling you about is the real history. What we think happened in 1,000 BC was actually happening in the Middle Ages. And the Russians, Moscow State University, mister Fomenko, has written a series of volumes to explain exactly how that is.
The way they did this was they looked to see where the eclipses were and where the eclipses happened. And they also looked to see who was active in history. And they found that the same groups were active, and it was just repeated time and time again. You have to understand that what you've been taught in the universities about history is all inside and out and backwards. And you can actually look at the cities that are buried off the coasts to see what this group was.
And enough of us know that we've been duped, and we're not gonna continue to believe all these lies. One of the documents that I've shown you recently was the the way I was working together with the board of executive directors and the representative of The Netherlands, Peter Steck. He ended up having a meeting with Jim Bull to get to the of the
reSee.it AI Summary
The thread alleges the Rothschilds are the Orsini bloodline, hiding identities to conceal origins, and that the Grey Pope outranks the Black and White Popes. It cites Nimrod and Lord Jacob Rothschild, and references a photo with Marina Abramović linked to Satanic imagery. It claims a Saturnic bloodline remains active. A PDF/book link is shared.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
The Rothschilds are really the Orsini bloodline. They changed their names to hide their identities, origins and bloodlines. The Orsinis are higher in power than the Black and White popes. He's known as the Grey pope.
Video Transcript AI Summary
Rothschilds come from the Orsini family. Roth means red in German, and Orsini means red, red bear, little red bears. The gray pope is Pepe Orsini, who trumps the black pope and the white pope; the gray pope is even higher than the black and white popes. The Orsini is the maxima family, the top of power, and they have trumped the Colonna and the Farnese—the three most powerful Illuminati, according to the speaker. Regarding Rothschild and Rockefeller, they are Orsini; they merely changed their names. Rockefeller were Rothschilds, and Rothschilds were Orsini. The Orsini family has lines in Babylon and Egypt, as stated in their biographies, and the narrative goes back to Nimrod through the Orsini. The Rothschilds, Rockefeller, and Orsini are connected to the Persian and Egyptian dynasties, with origins traced back through Nimrod via the Orsini.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Rothschilds come from the Orsini family. Roth means red in German, and the Orsini means red, red bear, little red bears. That's what Orsini means. The gray pope is Pepe Orsini. He trumps the black.
He trumps the the white pope. The gray pope is even higher than the black and the white pope. The Orsini is the the maxima family. They are the maximum family. They are on top.
And somehow, they've trumped the Colonna and the Farnese, which I know without any doubt through all my studies that they are the three most powerful illuminati. What about Rothschild and Rockefeller? Well, they are Orsini. They just changed their name. Rockefeller were Rothschilds Rothschilds were Orsini.
Orsini were a family which have their lines in Babylon and Egypt. They tell you that. You read their biographies. They'll tell you that. We go back to Nimrod.
They tell you that. The Rothschilds say that. We go back to Nimrod. How? Through the Orsini.
So Rockefeller, Rothschild, Orsini, and then you go back to the Persian and Egyptian dynasties.
@IsaInsane1 - biofeedback369
"We go all the way back to Nimrod" That was Lord Jacob Rotschild's own statement. Here in this photo we see celebrtity Satanist Marina Abramovich with Lord Jacob Rothschild before a painting called „Satan summoning his legions“ The saturnic bloodline is still alive. —- PDF / Book: https://revivalofwisdom.com/products/book-of-wisdom-pdf-english?sca_ref=5249269.iyWoQkV9md&sca_source=X
Video Transcript AI Summary
- Saturn is identified as Satan, associated with 666 and the mark of the beast. Saturn is said to have the cube, and summing its sides purportedly creates the Star of David (six points, six triangles, six sides).
- The speaker claims we live in a soul system, not a solar system, and that Saturn is the computer running the simulation of the solar system. We started in the stars and incarnated through Saturn.
- Saturn is described as the god of this world and the lord of the rings, the highest celestial sphere, which is why he wears a crown. When the soul and mind incarnate into this simulation, we gain the mark of the beast, the body.
- The body is described as made of carbon with six protons, six electrons, and six neutrons.
- Corinthians 4:4 is cited: “Saturn, who is the god of this world,” and that Saturn has blinded the minds of those who don’t believe. The claim is that upon incarnation, the mind is wiped and memory of divinity is lost.
- The Saturn symbol is said to show that all planets are created from the three holy trinities: earth, moon, and sun. Saturn is the earth cross and the moon crescent.
- Sun is equated with the soul, moon with the mind, and earth with the body. The Saturn symbol allegedly demonstrates matter over mind, earth over moon, though it is argued that it should be mind over matter because one becomes a spiritual and physical being combined.
- This combination gives the star of so-called David, which the speaker says is actually the star of Saturn. It also allegedly creates the number five, and we incarnate into the five elements, the five senses.
- We move from the spiritual side of the sequence into the physical side, which is why the number of man is six. Saturn symbology is claimed to be everywhere.
- In the three-dimensional world of time and space, there are six sides: up, down, back, forward, left, and right. This is linked to the toroidal field, described as the true atom and the electromagnetic simulation of the physical world; the sigil of Saturn is said to be found in the torus field.
- References to Sega Saturn and Nintendo GameCube are made as examples of simulated reality.
- Saturn is described as the computer of the simulation, the sun as the power generator, and the moon as the intelligence. Squares symbolize the physical world; the triangle symbolizes the ethereal; circle represents the eternal (no beginning, no end).
- The physical world is said to have time and space limitations, hence “think outside the box.” The box is the cube representing Saturn, the physical world.
- The analogy of the Jack-in-the-box and Da Vinci’s “man in the box” is used. All three major religions are claimed to tie back to the worship of Saturn.
- The reason for wedding rings and crowns is said to be connected to Saturn, with a link mentioned in the bio for a PDF of the Book of Wisdom.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Saturn is Satan. Six sixty six, the mark of the beast. Saturn has the cube, you add up all the sides, it creates the star of David. Six points, six triangles, six sides. Six sixty six.
We live in a soul system, not a solar system. Saturn is pretty much the computer running this simulation of the solar system. We started in the stars then we incarnated through Saturn. Saturn. Corinthians four four, Saturn who is the god of this world.
Saturn is the god of this world. He is the lord of the rings, the highest celestial sphere. This is why he wears the crown. This means crown. When our soul and mind incarnate into this simulation, we gain the mark of the beast, the body.
It's made out of carbon, six protons, six electrons, six neutrons. Satan, who is the god of this world, has blinded the minds of those who don't believe, Corinthians four four. When we incarnate, our mind is wiped and we lose our memory of our divinity. The Saturn symbol is even showing you that all of the planets are created out of the three holy trinities, earth, moon and sun. Saturn is the earth cross and the moon crescent.
Sun is soul, moon is mind, earth is body. The Saturn symbol is even showing you matter over mind, earth over moon when it should be mind over matter because you are now spiritual and physical being combined into one which gives you the star of so called David. It's actually the star of Saturn. It also creates the number five. We then incarnate into the five elements, the five senses.
We move from this side of the sequence, the spiritual, into the physical. This is why the number of man is six. This is why you see Saturn symbology everywhere you go. You incarnate into a three-dimensional world where everything has six sides. Within the three-dimensional world of time and space has six sides, up, down, back, forward, left, and right.
This is the expression of energy within a toroidal field. The torus field is a true atom. The torus field is what simulates the physical world. It is an electromagnetic simulation and the sigil of Saturn is even found in the torus field. This is why you see Sega Saturn, which is a simulated reality in the Nintendo GameCube.
Saturn is the computer of the simulation. The sun is the power generator. The moon is the intelligence. Squares symbolize the physical world. The triangle symbolizes the ethereal.
Circle is the eternal. No beginning, no end. Physical world has limitations of time and space. This is why we say think outside the box. The box is the cube which is Saturn, the physical world.
And this is why we have the famous toy of Jack in the box where he pops outside the box. Da Vinci showing the man in the box. All three major religions all tie back to the worship of Saturn. Here's the reason why we use wedding rings and crowns. The link is in the bio for the book of wisdom PDF.
Book Of Wisdom PDF
NOTE: English PDF digital Version of the Book of Wisdom volume I This book (PDF) corresponds to the one featured in the online videos you've viewed. Within the Book of Wisdom resides a treasury not only containing surface-level truths but also profound, hidden insights from the esoteric realm. The easily digestible wis
revivalofwisdom.com
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
I wonder why this 1989 episode of Oprah was banned. https://t.co/DMHKy3Mj66
Video Transcript AI Summary
Speaker 0 asks if everyone thinks the family is a nice Jewish family.
Speaker 1 responds: From the outside, you appear to be a nice Jewish girl. Definitely. And you all are worshiping the devil inside the home? There are other Jewish families across the country. It’s not just my own family.
Speaker 0 prompts for non-gory details about what kinds of things went on in the family.
Speaker 1 describes rituals in which babies would be sacrificed, noting that there were people who bred babies in their family. She says no one would know about it, and that a lot of people were overweight, so you couldn't tell if they were pregnant or not, or they would supposedly go away for a while and then come back.
Speaker 0 notes that she witnessed the sacrifice.
Speaker 1 confirms she witnessed it when she was very young, and she was forced to participate in sacrificing an infant.
Speaker 0 asks what the purpose of the sacrifice is.
Speaker 1 answers the sacrifice is to bring you what? For power.
Speaker 0: Power.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: This is does everyone else think it's a nice Jewish family?
Speaker 1: From the outside, you appear to be a nice Jewish girl. Definitely. And you all are worshiping the devil inside the home? Right. There's other Jewish families across the country.
It's not just my own family. Really? You don't have to give us the gory details, but what kinds of things went on in the family? Well, there would be rituals in which babies would be sacrificed, and you would have to, you know Who's babies? There were people who bred babies in our family.
No one would know about it. A lot of people were overweight, so you couldn't tell if they were pregnant or not, or they would supposedly go away for a while and then come back. Anyway, so you witnessed the sacrifice. Right. When I was very young, I was forced to participate in that in which I had to sacrifice an infant.
Speaker 0: And the the purpose of sacrifice is to what? Is to
Speaker 1: bring you what? What are you sacrificing for? For power. Uh-huh. Power.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Brandy Vaughan is the Merck whistleblower who was found dead December 8th, 2020. In this video she documents the intimidation tactics being used to silence her. https://t.co/kCeyZ1azVl
reSee.it AI Summary
A user claims Brandy Vaughan, a Merck whistleblower who died on December 8, 2020, documented intimidation tactics in a video. A second user counters that Merck is among DSAC members and alleges widespread whistleblower retaliation, describing abuse of FBI, DHS resources and local law enforcement, and that the issue runs deep. They reference DSAC and a related site.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Brandy Vaughan is the Merck whistleblower who was found dead December 8th, 2020. In this video she documents the intimidation tactics being used to silence her.
Video Transcript AI Summary
Speaker 0 introduces a disturbing video about Brandy Vaughan, an ex Merck employee and whistleblower who founded learntherestisk.org, stating she was found dead yesterday. The video documents intimidation tactics used to silence her and ends with her claim that mandatory vaccinations are for profit, not public health. The speaker notes Merck is the vaccine company that makes the MMR vaccine and explains they screened the video due to censorship and disappearing videos, urging sharing to keep the fight going for Brandy.
Speaker 1 identifies herself as Brandy Vaughan and explains she has been an activist opposing SB 277 in California and questions how rights have deteriorated. She describes herself getting heat for speaking out, and she documents intimidation tactics used against her to silence her voice. She recounts her background: she worked for Merck in Santa Barbara from 2001 to 2003 selling Vioxx, which was eventually pulled from the market after it was shown to double the risk of heart attack and stroke and cause harm. After losing faith in the healthcare system, she traveled to Europe, returned with a six-month-old son, and faced bullying at a pediatrician’s office in San Francisco when requesting vaccine inserts and questions about vaccines. Four years ago, she began researching vaccines, concluded they were not very safe or effective, and chose not to vaccinate her son. When SB 277 surfaced in California, she decided to raise her voice against it, knowing she would face heat.
She then details a series of intimidation incidents beginning with a break-in and home intrusion after returning from a Sacramento rally against SB 277. A key left on the doorstep was found open, despite having been hidden previously. She had recently installed a $3,000 alarm system; the alarm was triggered at 03:45, then the hallway sensor active at 03:46, and the dining room window opened and closed at 03:48. The intruders allegedly re-entered via the front door at 03:49 after disarming the alarm with the master code, which only she possessed. Security experts suggested the house was tapped, implying that everything she says and does could be listened to or watched, and they noted the back window was opened during the incident.
After the break-in, the police checked for stolen items, found nothing missing, but two days later her computer, hidden above the microwave, was moved from its hiding spot to the middle of the floor. She left town for two weeks to go off the grid. Upon returning, she found a ladder left in front of the door, used to look into the bedroom window from the garage; a neighbor confirmed the ladder was new. Later, a Buddha statue in the garage was moved from its usual place, pictures were knocked over, and two days after that a duck appeared on her kitchen table, which she interpreted as a message signaling they were watching her due to conversations about staying at her house. Vaughan describes these events as intimidation and fear-inducing.
She reiterates that the intimidation is designed to silence discussion of mandatory vaccination bills, which she claims have nothing to do with public health and everything to do with profit. She vows not to be silenced, emphasizes the importance of exposing what’s going on behind the bills, and frames the events as part of a larger ongoing struggle. She concludes that there is evil at play and hopes documenting the intimidation will prevent future silencing of others.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: The video I'm about to show you is very disturbing. It's of Brandy Vaughn, the ex employee of Merck Pharmaceutical, who is a whistleblower. She has the organization learntherestisk.org and she was found dead yesterday. In this video, she documents the intimidation tactics that were taking place within her home and around her in order to silence her. At the end of the video, she says that she will not stop, that these mandatory vaccinations are for profit and not for public health.
Keep that in mind when watching this video that Merck is the vaccine company that makes the MMR vaccine, the measles, mumps, rubella vaccine. I've screen recorded this video because of the censorship and because so many videos are disappearing. I encourage you to do the same. Please share this video. We owe it to Brandy to keep this fight going.
Speaker 1: Hi. I'm Brandy Vaughan. And for those of you who don't know me, I have been an activist speaking out against s p two seven seven here in California. Wow. What happened to our rights?
Yep. How did I sit back and let this happen? Yep. Yep. This is a very slippery slope.
In this fight, I have been under a little bit of heat, and I wanted to document this just in case. I wanted to show some of the intimidation tactics that I've been under. There is a lot of shady stuff that goes on behind the scenes. I got involved in this fight because I used to work for Merck here in Santa Barbara where I live. And I worked there from 2001 until 2003, and I sold Vioxx for Merck.
Vioxx was eventually taken off the market, and it was proven that Merck had knowledge that it increased heart attacks and stroke by two times and it injured and killed a lot of people. It was eventually pulled off the market and I lost a lot of faith in the healthcare system. I went to Europe, and then I came back with a six month old son, and I was bullied at the pediatrician's office in San Francisco when I asked to see vaccine inserts and questions about them. That was a huge red flag for me because I already had mistrust of doctors and healthcare system in general and pharma. And so I did a lot of research and that was four years ago and that was where my vaccine research started and I realized that they were not very safe actually and not very effective and I chose not to vaccinate my son.
So when I heard about s b two seven seven in California, I decided that it was important to that my voice was heard and that I was speaking up against it and part of the fight. So when I made that decision three months ago, I know that, I knew I was gonna take some heat for it, but I wasn't quite sure how much heat. And so I'm making this video today to describe the intimidation tactics that have been used against me to try and silence me. The first one happened when I was coming back from the capital, a rally in Sacramento against s p two seven seven. And I came home with a friend to my HeideKey being on my on my doorstep, open to the key.
And the story behind this was a year ago when I bought my house, I hid that deep in the bushes. And six months ago, I had looked for it because I thought, well, it's probably not a good idea to have a key to my house right outside my door. I couldn't find it, but when I came back from Sacramento that one time, it was about two months ago, that the key was on my doorstep open to the key. That day, I had my locks changed, and I called an alarm service, and I installed a $3,000 alarm system two days later. So what happened, apparently is someone opened the door, the front door, went through the front door, picked the lock, and my alarm went off.
And they immediately disarmed it with the master code, which nobody had but me. I made sure nobody else had that code, and they disarmed it at the panel with that code, panels inside. According to the alarm company, at 03:45 in the morning, somebody entered in through the front door. The alarm went off. They disabled the alarm by putting in the master code right away into the panel.
And then at 03:46 in the in the morning, my hallway monitor sensor went off. So someone went down the hall. And then at 03:48, someone opened my dining room window and then closed it right away. And then if you notice, the dining room window actually faces out towards the backyard, which is much more private than the front door, which they used to enter that time. And then they went over to the keypad, entered the code again, and then left through the front door at 03:49.
After the incident, I talked to some security experts who have actually done intimidation for corporations, and they explained a few things. They said, well a they were probably tapping your place so everything I say and do in here is listened to if not watched and then opening of the back window because it's a much private more private way to get in for future reference for future visits. When I did return home and the the the police came in and made sure nobody was here and then I came in after the alarm was set off after the break in and what I did notice was they had left the this window unlocked like this and before I left for Sacramento all of the windows and doors were locked, double locked actually. I went through twice to make sure that they were locked. So after that happened I didn't really feel comfortable sleeping in my house again because of course they could come in and disarm my alarm whenever they wanted.
There wasn't really another way to secure the system I changed the code but again who knows how they got the code in the first place. The security expert is pretty convinced that the house is tapped, my phone is being listened to my conversation, text messages and then my computer all both my computers as well. The next thing that happened actually was with my computer so one of the things that the police wanted to know was if anything was taken in the break in of course nothing was because they weren't here to take anything. I did have a computer here in a hiding spot and when the police were here I did actually come and look to make sure the computer was still here and it's here above the microwave is its hiding spot. It's not a place anyone would know to look for the computer, and it's not, you know, especially in being here in only four minutes.
Two days later after that happened, after the break in happened, I walked into my place to move some stuff out, and the computer was taken from its hiding place and put in the middle of the floor. And so I came back home to pick up some stuff. I wasn't staying here any longer. And that message was there, which was obviously very scary because clearly somebody had been listening in, if not watching where as to where the computer was. So after that, I decided that it would be best to get out of town, and I left town for a couple of weeks and really went off the grid for part of good part of that.
So after the computer incident and leaving town for two weeks, the day that I came back, I had a friend come with me, and him and I arrived at my place and found a ladder open right in front of my door looking into the windows, the bedroom window. Now this is my ladder, but this ladder lives in the garage. So it was clear that somebody had accessed the garage, brought out the ladder through the side of my house, opened it, looking right up into the window, and this happens to be the only window that I had blinds open. So that was quite a message. The security experts said, wow.
What a better message than than to say we're watching you. And this actually happened the day that I came back into town. So they clearly knew that, well, it happened the night before. They clearly knew when I was coming back. The neighbor who was feeding my dogs came over after half an hour after we found the ladder, and she's like she asked, so what's with the ladder?
And I said, I don't know. I mean, I didn't put it there. And she said, well, it wasn't there yesterday. So it means that it happened the night before I came back into town after two weeks. So clearly, they are watching.
The next incident was just two days later, and that's in the garage. This Buddha was on the floor. Normally, the Buddha is pretty heavy. It was on here on top of the the dog cage holding the towel to cover it up at night for the dogs. So it was taken off of here, and there's really no way it could have fallen because, I mean, it's actually really heavy.
And if it had fallen, it would have fallen, you know, some different way. But I walked in, and I found it right there on the ground. The pictures were also knocked over. So then two days later, I noticed it burst through the kitchen window, and it's not something I have ever seen before, but there is a duck on my table. And when I talked to the security experts, said, I don't understand the duck.
And then it came to me that I had been on my phone having a lot of conversations about people asking me, you know, are you staying at your house? What are you gonna do? And I use the term repeatedly, well, I I'm not staying at my house. I feel like a sitting duck because they can get in at any time. And, you know, I'm a sitting duck.
And so that was actually quite disturbing to come home to. Now I have a duck. I have never seen it before. It's not mine. Nobody else is having access that would bring a duck.
It just it's a clear message that, again, they are watching me. And the intimidation is quite, you know, intimidating, and it's quite scary. So after all of these intimidation tactics, it's very hard to feel safe and secure, but I am not gonna go away. I mean, I'm not gonna be silenced because these are important issues and we need to expose what's really going on behind the mandatory vaccination bills. It has nothing to do with public health.
It has everything to do with profit. And I hope that we can all continue this fight. It's a long we may have lost the battle, but we still have a war to win. And, hopefully, by documenting this intimidation, they won't be able to get away with it in the future with me and with anyone else who speaks out. There is some evil going on here.
@LostOnDae - Sad, How Petty We’ve Become 🌎
@redpillb0t Merck is one of the 800 companies at DSAC, who perpetuate this type of TI stuff. Abusing their resources and training provided to them by the FBI, DHS and connections to local LE, whistle blower retaliation… it goes deep https://www.dsac.gov/
DSAC - Home Page | DSAC
The Domestic Security Alliance Council (DSAC) is a strategic partnership between the U.S. government and the U.S. private industry that enhances communication and promotes the timely and effective exchange of security and intelligence information between the federal government and the private sector.
dsac.gov
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
The Plan to Destroy America Explained by Robert Welch in 1958 https://t.co/jk0qoVMOvw
Video Transcript AI Summary
Speaker 0 explains that there are three possible ways the communists might take over the United States. The first is a peaceful coup d'etat like Czechoslovakia in 1948. The second is by fomenting civil war in the United States and aiding the communist side with military force. The third and most relied upon method is a gradual, insidious takeover that slips over the American people before they realize it, occurring gradually but surely with increasing speed.
A part of this plan is to induce the gradual surrender of American sovereignty piece by piece to international organizations, with the United Nations as the most prominent example. Another part is the transformation of the United States into a socialist nation, similar to pre-police-state Russia, before any enforcement is introduced. To explain the aim, he quotes a directive by which some of the largest American foundations have been secretly but visibly working for years, aimed at changing the economic and political structure of the United States so it can be comfortably merged with Soviet Russia.
The ten communist aims for the United States are outlined as follows:
1) greatly expanded government spending for every conceivable means of wasting American money.
2) higher and then much higher taxes.
3) an increasingly unbalanced budget despite higher taxes.
4) wild inflation of the currency.
5) government controls of prices, wages, and materials supposedly to combat inflation.
6) greatly increased socialist controls over every operation of the economy and daily life, accompanied by a corresponding rise in the size of the bureaucracy and the reach and cost of domestic government.
7) far more centralization of power in Washington and the practical elimination of state lines, with a drive toward reducing state boundaries to resemble county lines within states.
8) a steady advance of federal aid to and control over the educational system, leading to complete federalization of public education.
9) a constant hammering of the American consciousness regarding the horrors of modern warfare and the supposed necessity of peace on communist terms.
10) a willingness to allow step-by-step appeasement by the government, amounting to a piecemeal surrender of the rest of the free world and of the United States itself.
In summary, the speaker argues that America is rapidly losing a cold war in which freedom, the country, and existence are at stake, often without public awareness, while the communists are assumed to be aware of what is happening. The one thing the communists fear, according to the speech, is that the American people will wake up too soon to what has been happening, and the remedy is for the American people to learn the truth in time.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: There are three possible methods by which the communists might take us over. One would be by a peaceful coup d'etat as in Czechoslovakia in 1948. The second method would be by fomenting civil war in this country and aiding the communist side with military might. But there is a third method which they are clearly relying on most heavily, and this is taking us over by a process so gradual and insidious that communist rule is slipped over so far on the American people before they ever realize it is happening. The process in that direction is going on right now gradually but surely and with ever increasing spread and speed.
A part of that plan, of course, is to induce the gradual surrender of American sovereignty piece by piece and step by step to various international organizations of which the United Nations is the outstanding but far from the only example. But another part is the conversion of The United States into a socialist nation, quite similar to Russia itself in its economy and political outlook before police state enforcement is ever introduced. The best way to explain the aim here is simply to quote the directive under which some of the very largest American foundations have been secretly but visibly working for years. This directive is so to change the economic and political structure of The United States that it can be comfortably merged with Soviet Russia. Now here are the communist aims for The United States.
One, greatly expanded government spending for every conceivable means of getting rid of ever larger sums of American money as wastefully as possible. Two, higher and then much higher taxes. Three, an increasingly unbalanced budget despite the higher taxes. Four, wild inflation of our currency. Five, government controls of prices, wages, and materials supposedly to combat inflation.
Six, greatly increased socialistic controls over every operation of our economy and every activity of our daily lives. This is to be accompanied naturally and automatically by a correspondingly huge increase in the size of our bureaucracy and in both the cost and reach of our domestic government. Selburn, far more centralization of power in Washington and the practical elimination of our state lines. There is a many faceted drive at work to have our state lines eventually mean no more within the nation than our county lines do now within the states. Eight, the steady advance of federal aid to and control over our educational system, leading to complete federalization of our public education.
Nine, a constant hammering into the American consciousness of the horror of modern warfare. The beauties and the absolute necessity of peace, peace always on communist terms, of course. And 10, the consequent willingness of the American people to allow the steps of appeasement by our government which amount to a piecemeal surrender of the rest of the free world and of The United States itself. In summary, gentlemen, we are losing, rapidly losing, a cold war in which our freedom, our country, and our very existence are at stake. And while we don't seem to know we are losing this war, you can be sure the communists do.
There is just one thing, only one thing in the whole world which the communists fear today. It is that despite their tremendous influence in our government and over all of our means of mass communication, the American people will wake up too soon to what has really been happening and what is now happening right under their very noses. The only thing which can possibly stop the communist is for the American people to learn the truth in time.
reSee.it AI Summary
I recount that I was called a liar by Fauci for saying no vaccine in the 72 mandated for children had safety testing, and RFK Jr. sued Fauci. After a year, Fauci’s lawyers admitted I was right. They claim no liability, no front-end testing, no marketing costs because 78 million kids are ordered to vaccinate yearly. They describe a gold rush to add vaccines—72 shots, 16 vaccines—triggering a 1989 rise in chronic disease and autism, from 1 in 10,000 to 1 in 34.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Having been called a liar by Anthony Fauci for saying that "not one of the 72 vaccines mandated for children has ever been safety tested", RFK Jr. sued Fauci. After a year of stonewalling, Fauci's lawyers admitted that RFK Jr. had been right all along. "There's no downstream liability, there's no front-end safety testing... and there's no marketing and advertising costs, because the federal government is ordering 78 million school kids to take that vaccine every year." "What better product could you have? And so there was a gold rush to add all these new vaccines to the schedule... because if you get onto that schedule, it's a billion dollars a year for your company." "So we got all of these new vaccines, 72 shots, 16 vaccines... And that year, 1989, we saw an explosion in chronic disease in American children... ADHD, sleep disorders, language delays, ASD, autism, Tourette's syndrome, ticks, narcolepsy." "Autism went from one in 10,000 in my generation... to one in every 34 kids today."
Video Transcript AI Summary
Speaker 0 claimed that none of the 72 vaccines mandated for children has ever been safety tested in relicensing placebo-controlled trials. He said Fauci has been denying this for eight years and recounted a 2016 appointment by President Trump to run a vaccine safety commission, where he asked Fauci and Collins to meet with him with White House counsel. He stated that at that meeting Fauci said, “you say I’m lying,” and promised to send the study, but he never received it.
He asserted that he sued Fauci and Aaron Siri, and after a year of stonewalling, government lawyers admitted on the courthouse steps that they never had any study, and provided a written acknowledgment. He pointed to a CHC website and his own website where the letter from HHS is posted. He claimed there is “no downstream liability” and “no front end safety testing,” which he said saves vaccine makers a quarter of a billion dollars. He further argued there is no marketing and advertising cost because the federal government orders 78,000,000 school kids to take that vaccine every year.
He described a “gold rush” to add vaccines to the schedule, which he argued is unnecessary for most of them, and claimed many vaccines target diseases that are not even casually contagious. He contended that once a vaccine is on the recommended schedule, it becomes a billion-dollar-a-year business for the company. He asserted that NIH bears royalties in many cases.
According to him, a set of vaccines expanded to 72 shots and 16 vaccines contributed to a dramatic increase in vaccine offerings. He linked this expansion to a broader push around vaccines, including the HPV vaccine.
He also claimed that in 1989 there was an explosion of chronic disease in American children, including neurological diseases, ADD, ADHD, sleep disorders, language delays, ASD (autism), Tourette syndrome, tics, and narcolepsy. He stated that autism prevalence rose from one in ten thousand generations ago to one in thirty-four children today, citing CDC data.
Overall, the summary repeats assertions about the lack of placebo-controlled safety testing, the admission of no study, financial and regulatory incentives to expand vaccine schedules, and a sharp rise in diagnosed neurological and developmental conditions beginning around 1989.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: For many years, I was saying not one of the 72 vaccines mandated for children has ever been safety tested in relicensing placebo controlled trials. Not one. Tony Fauci was saying he's lying. In 2016, president Trump appointed me to run a vaccine safety commission, and he ordered Fauci and Collins to meet with me with White House counsel president. And I said to Fauci at that meeting, you say I'm lying.
For eight years, you've been saying I'm lying about this. Show me this study. And he said, I don't I don't have it here. It's back in Bethesda, and I'll send it to you. I never got it.
So I sued him, me and Aaron Siri. And after stonewalling us for a year, they their lawyers met us on the courthouse staff and said, yep. You're right. We never had any study. And they gave it to us in writing.
You can go to the CHC website, my website, and you can see that letter from HHS. There's no downstream liability. There's no front end safety testing. That saves them a quarter billion dollars. And there's no marketing and advertising costs because the federal government is ordering them to get ordering 78,000,000 school kids to take that vaccine every year.
What better product could you have? And so they there was a gold rush to add all these new vaccines to the schedule that we don't need. Most of these vaccines are unnecessary. Many of them are for diseases that are not even casually contagious. It was a cold rush because if you get onto that schedule, the recommended schedule, it's a billion dollars a year for your company.
And in many cases, NIH is bearing the royalties. So we got all of these new vaccines, 72 shots, 16 vaccines, and now even more because we're doing the HPV vaccine. And that year, 1989, we saw an explosion in chronic disease in American children. The neurological diseases suddenly exploded in 1989. A ADD, ADHD, sleep disorders, language delays, ASD, autism, Tourette syndrome, tics, narcolepsy.
These are all things that I never heard of. Autism went from one in ten thousand in my generation, according to the CDC data, to one in every thirty four kids today.
reSee.it AI Summary
I once toiled as a slave, with free food, water, and shelter. Now I work almost every day for wages I spend on the basics—still enslaved, the only change is the illusion of freedom.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
"Slaves used to work all day, every day, with no pay. But they got free food, water, and shelter." "Today, we work all day, nearly every day, and we get paid. But the money we make, we spend on food, water, and shelter." "We're still slaves. The only thing that has changed is the illusion of freedom."
Video Transcript AI Summary
Slavery historically involved people working all day, every day without pay, while receiving free food, water, and shelter. In contrast, today many people work long hours, almost every day, and they do receive wages. However, the compensation earned is spent on basic needs—food, water, and shelter—so the end result mirrors the old system in everyday life: people are still constrained by the necessities of life and the structures around them. The speaker emphasizes that the fundamental dynamic has not changed; what has changed is the presence of money and the appearance of freedom. The assertion is that despite monetary compensation, the workforce remains bound by the same pressures and dependencies, with the primary difference being the supposed liberty that money and markets create. The central claim is that the only real difference between historical slavery and contemporary work is the illusion of freedom afforded by wages, while the core condition—servitude to necessary sustenance and living costs—persists.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Slaves used to work all day, every day with no pay, but they got free food, water, and shelter. Today, we work all day, nearly every day, and we get paid. But the money we make, we spend on food, water, and shelter. We're still slaves. The only thing that has changed is the illusion of freedom.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
Speaker 0 describes a pattern of concealment: 'you know, it's like everything.' 'You know, we we it hides in plain sight.' 'Epstein was hiding in plain sight.' 'We all knew about him.' 'We all knew what he was doing, but we had no one that was no legal aspect that would go after him.' 'They were afraid of him.' 'For whatever reason, they were afraid of him.' These statements imply that the wrongdoing was known by many, yet no legal action was pursued against Epstein, and fear hindered intervention. These lines convey a sense of collective awareness paired with hesitation to act.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: You know, it's like everything. You know, we we it hides in plain sight. Epstein was hiding in plain sight. We all knew about him. We all knew what he was doing, but we had no one that was no legal aspect that would go after him.
They were afraid of him. For whatever reason, they were afraid of him.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
The John Birch Society believes a master conspiracy exists where socialist American insiders are plotting to establish world government, with communism as one arm. According to John McManus, Alexander Haig and William Casey are master conspirators involved in this plot.
Speaker 1 claims an elitist core in the U.S. has seen value in subsidizing or protecting communism. This core, including members of the Council on Foreign Relations and the Trilateral Commission, has dominated the State Department for 40 years. Their objective is a gradual transition involving dissolving sovereignty and moving politically left, ultimately working towards world government. The International Monetary Fund facilitates the transfer of sovereignty and wealth. Carol Quigley admitted to this agenda in his book, "Tragedy and Hope," disagreeing only with the need for secrecy.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: It says that it says this. The John Birch Society considers communism only one arm of a national of a master conspiracy in which socialist American insiders are plotting to establish world government. Now he also says, and here's director John McManus, that's your public relations director, saying that former secretary of state Alexander Haig and CIA director William Casey are two of these master conspirators who are plotting to establish world government. Now what do you you know, that kind of silly asinine statement is what makes peep makes people laugh at the John Birch Society.
Speaker 1: Well, Tom, I'm sure being a long standing member of the Rockefeller apparatus and as a member of the Council on Foreign Relations of long standing, you're fully aware that you there is an elitist core in this country that has seen value in subsidizing communism or protecting communism. It has? Sure. You're accusing me of subsidizing communism. No.
No. I'm saying Because I happen
Speaker 0: to belong to a No.
Speaker 1: There is an elite core. Betty Grump? No. No. Wait a minute.
There is an elite core in this country that has dominated American society.
Speaker 0: Well, I'm not one of
Speaker 1: them trilateral commission A trilateral commission foreign relations. They hear some Well, let's face it. They have dominated the state department for forty years and pretty much openly. But what are they trying to do, kind of Well, their objective is to try to bring about a gradual transition in our society, a dissolving of sovereignty, and a moving steadily to the left on the political spectrum. Who are they?
The elitist groups that I mentioned, particularly key individuals and policymakers in the council Is the international our monetary fund part of this? Well, I would say the international monetary fund has certainly been set up for the purpose of facilitating that transfer of sovereignty and transfer of wealth on the road. We elected mister Concealer. Finish the point because otherwise, we're gonna have a lot of unanswered questions that you are looking at a group that has worked to bring about a dissolution of national sovereignty on the road to world government. And certainly, you're familiar with the local professor Carol Quigley who has been part of your club in which he admitted all this.
And he said in his book, tragedy and hope, the only thing I disagree is that we've worked to keep it a secret.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
The speaker states that a disease, surmised early on, began in the male homosexual population in the U.S. The speaker clarifies that this was not due to anything intrinsically wrong with homosexuality, but rather straightforward epidemiology. Introducing an infectious agent into a population where sexual contact is the mode of transmission creates a perfect setup for spread. The speaker notes a concentration of cases in the New York Metropolitan Area (New York City and New Jersey) and in Los Angeles.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Disease. I'll get to in some of the latest slides how this disease, which we surmised early on, started off in the male homosexual population in this country. Not that there was anything intrinsically different or wrong or what have you about homosexuality. It was very simple. It's straightforward epidemiology.
You take an infectious agent and you introduce it into a population in which the spread among those individuals, if it's sexual contact spread, it's a perfect setup to spread. In any event, what we had was a concentration of cases, as you'll see here, in the New York Metropolitan Area, New York City and New Jersey, and in Los Angeles. Take an infectious agent, and you introduce it into a population. You take an infectious agent, and you introduce it into a population. You take an infectious agent and you introduce it into a population.
In which the spread among those individuals, If it's sexual contact spread, it's a perfect setup to spread.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
The chemtrails are turning the sky gay!
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
The speaker recalls the Soviet Union's claim that Christians were the only population they couldn't control without imprisonment. In 1994, while working at the CIA, the speaker's division chief announced a directive from the CIA director: saying "Merry Christmas" or displaying manger scenes in CIA offices would result in penalties.
The speaker states the CIA was actively against Christians, using DEI to suppress them. The speaker resigned in protest, wishing everyone a Merry Christmas. The speaker claims the CIA populace was outraged, but backed off when they met resistance.
According to the speaker, Christianity is opposed because Christians answer to God and resist tyrannical regimes. The speaker cites attacks on Christians during the Obama administration, including the elimination of the religious freedom post at the Department of State.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Why Christians? I remember the Soviet Union made a statement that we could control all of our entire population except the Christians, and they had to put them in prison and in gulags. I remember 1994, when I was in the CIA, we ordered into a conference room. We all filed in. There's about 30 of us, and our division chief starts off by saying, Now don't get mad at me, I'm just the messenger.
This comes down from the director of the CIA. You can no longer say Merry Christmas in any CI office space. You cannot have a manger scene on your desk or on your door, or you will face administrative penalties. And the sad part was only two of us, our jaws dropped. Like, what?
And the CI was actively against Christians, they used DEI as a method to suppress them. I remember it was Christmas Eve, and I walked out. You know, I thought about this, prayed about this overnight, and I said, oh, no. You don't. So I walked out on on New Year's Eve, and I turned around to everybody.
I said, good night, and by the way, Merry Christmas. I'm like, you know, there is a line you don't cross. Well, there was an outrage from the the, CAI populace, and as as evil people always do, they when they got they got resistance, they backed off and said, well, never mind, you know. But it has been Christianity because the Christians are the only ones that will not answer to tyranny. We believe in God and a higher power, and we will not be manipulated by a tyrannical regime.
And that's why Christians are despised around the world, including in this previous administration. My goodness. And going back to Obama, how they attacked Christians and eliminated the religious freedom post at the Department of State, and on and on and on it went. But that's the reason.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
Peter Flaherty, chairman of the National Legal and Policy Center, stated that the Gates Foundation offers a gender identity toolbox that claims gender is a result of socially and culturally constructed ideas. Flaherty asserts this is false, claiming gender is a genetic and biological fact. He also stated that Bill Gates met and traveled with Jeffrey Epstein many times. Flaherty alleges that the Gates Foundation may be the largest single donor to Arabella, which he describes as a dark money machine.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: I am Peter Flaherty, chairman of the National Legal and Policy Center. The Gates Foundation offers a gender identity toolbox, which asserts that gender is a result of socially and culturally constructed ideas. This is a lie. Gender is not a cultural construct. It is a genetic and biological fact.
You're not gonna censor, what I say, ma'am. I'm very sorry. Appeal to the chair that I'd be allowed to continue. Sir? You may continue, but you you have it under a three minute limitation.
We know how much Bill Gates cares about children. He met and traveled with Jeffrey Epstein. Many times, The Gates Foundation may be the largest single donor to the dark money machine known as Arabella.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
Haiti has one of the largest gold mines in the Caribbean, but no one is talking about it. Tony Radham, Hillary Clinton's brother, has a 26-year contract related to this gold. Haiti used to produce its own rice, but Bill Clinton destroyed the rice production so his brother could sell rice from Arkansas. Millionaires or billionaires who want to do business in Haiti cannot do anything unless they check with the Clintons. The Clintons are running Haiti.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Have gold. We have one of the largest gold mine in The Caribbean. So and they let the world nobody is saying anything about our goals. And who do you think is in charge of our goal right now? The contract.
Tony Radham, Harry Clinton's brother. Wow. He's got a twenty six years contract. And then also Haiti used to produce we used to produce our own rice. We didn't have to buy rice overseas.
Bill Clinton destroyed our rice so his brother can sell the rice from Arkansas. Yeah. Wow. So they're doing a lot of things. Right now, if there's a millionaire or a billionaire who wants to do business in Haiti, they cannot do anything unless they check with the Clintons.
The Clintons are the one who's running Haiti.
@SuJ1234567 - Su 💎
@redpillb0t Don’t forget the children they tried 2 smuggle out of Haiti with the help of Laura Silsby 🤬
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
Haiti has one of the largest gold mines in the Caribbean, but nobody is talking about it. Tony Radham, Hillary Clinton's brother, has a 26-year contract regarding this gold. Haiti used to produce its own rice, but Bill Clinton destroyed the rice industry so his brother could sell rice from Arkansas. Millionaires or billionaires who want to do business in Haiti cannot do anything unless they check with the Clintons. The Clintons are running Haiti.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Have gold. We have one of the largest gold mine in The Caribbean. So and they let the world nobody is saying anything about our goals. And who do you think is in charge of our goal right now? The contract.
Tony Radham, Harry Clinton's brother. Wow. He's got a twenty six years contract. And then also Haiti used to produce we used to produce our own rice. We didn't have to buy rice overseas.
Bill Clinton destroyed our rice so his brother can sell the rice from Arkansas. Yeah. Wow. So they're doing a lot of things. Right now, if there's a millionaire or a billionaire who wants to do business in Haiti, they cannot do anything unless they check with the Clintons.
The Clintons are the one who's running Haiti.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
On May 6, 2016, President Obama sent a letter to every school district in the United States stating that every child has the right to use the bathroom of the gender they identify with. Obama threatened state departments of education, saying that funding, money, and grants would be cut if they did not allow transgender children to use the bathroom of the gender they identify with. According to the speaker, Barack Obama, more than any other politician in the world, fed the transgender movement.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: May the sixth of twenty sixteen, president Obama sent a letter to every school district in The United States. And president Obama said, every child has a right to use the bathroom of the gender that they identify with. And president Obama threatened the state departments of education. If you don't let transgender children use the bathroom of the gender they identify with, we will cut your funding. We will cut your money.
We will cut your grants. And so Barack Obama, more than any other politician in the world, fed the transgender movement.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
John F. Kennedy Jr. was considered a front runner for the New York Senate seat in 1999, but died in a plane crash days before Hillary Clinton was elected senator. Mary Mahoney, a Clinton White House intern, was murdered in 1997. White House counsel Vince Foster was found dead in 1993, with speculation of foul play. James McDougall, a key witness, died of a heart attack in solitary confinement before testifying.
In 2015, White House chef Walter Scheib was found dead in a river, with his death ruled an accidental drowning. DNC staffer Seth Rich was shot and killed in DC in 2016, amid speculation he leaked DNC emails. Sean Lucas, the lead attorney in a fraud case against the DNC, was found dead in his bathroom, with his death reported as classified pending autopsy results. Questions remain surrounding these deaths.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Remember John f Kennedy junior? He was declared the front runner for the New York senate seat back in 1999. Days later, his plane crashed into the Atlantic Ocean, and his rival, Hillary Clinton, was elected senator. Mary Mahoney was a Clinton White House intern. She knew enough of the inner workings of Bill's sexual advancements to be a star witness during the Clinton impeachment trials.
She was brutally executed at a Starbucks she was managing in 1997. In 1993, White House counsel Vince Foster was found dead in Fort Marcy Park near DC. He supposedly killed himself, and among a lengthy list of potential foul play, the bullet was never found. Then there's James McDougall, a key witness for White House prosecutors. He was serving his three year sentence for bank fraud at the Fort Worth Federal Medical Center in Texas.
And just before he was given testimony before the grand jury, McDougall suffered a heart attack in solitary confinement. In 2015, Walter Scheib, a White House chef hired under Bill Clinton, joined the list. His body was found at the bottom of a river, nearly two miles from the base of the trail he was reportedly hiking. An autopsy determined that Shive's death was accidental drowning, but he might have known too much. 27 year old Democratic National Committee Stafford, Seth Rich, was shot and killed in DC this year.
There is speculation that he was the source of the controversial leaked emails allegedly sent by DNC staffers and that he may have been murdered in retaliation. Then Sean Lucas, the lead attorney in a fraud case against the DNC, was found lying on the bathroom floor by his girlfriend when she returned home on August 2. His death was reported classified, pending the results of an autopsy. To this day, questions are
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
In fifth generation warfare, the opponent is unknown, such as the puppet master behind the COVID crisis. Western governments, NGOs, transnational organizations, pharmaceutical and financial corporations, and the media have cooperated via public-private partnerships to deploy the most massive, globally harmonized psychological and propaganda operation in history. Over the last three years, people have been subjected to the most massive, globally coordinated propaganda campaign in the history of the Western world. Western governments have turned military-grade psychological operations strategies, tactics, technologies, and capabilities developed for modern military combat against their own citizens. The world that many believed existed no longer exists, if it ever did.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: In true fifth generation warfare, you do not know who your opponent is. Example, who is responsible for who's the puppet master behind the COVID crisis that we as we've experienced it. Who is it? Anybody here know? Was it Klaus?
No. There's something above Klaus. Was it Biden? Was it Tony Fauci? These are all surrogates.
Okay? You don't really know who is managing the message that has been propagated on you. That's fifth generation warfare. Over the last three years, western governments, nongovernmental organizations, transnational organizations, pharmaceutical industry corporations, media and financial corporations have cooperated via public private partnerships, which I assert is a euphemism for fascism, to deploy the most massive globally harmonized psychological and propaganda operation in the history of the world. Okay?
Over the last three years, you have been subjected to the most massive harmonized, globally coordinated propaganda campaign in the history of the Western world, full stop. With this campaign, the governments of many Western nation states have turned k. This is key. Military grade psychological operations strategies, tactics, technologies and capabilities developed for modern military combat against their own citizens. These are inconvenient facts.
The world that many of us believed existed no longer exists if it ever did.
@AmorFati762 - Amor Fati
@redpillb0t I think the real enemy, of the world, is a Mafia, that's pretending to wear tiny hats. https://t.co/QhyBrfUPPC
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
In fifth generation warfare, the opponent is unknown, such as the puppet master behind the COVID crisis. Western governments, NGOs, transnational organizations, pharmaceutical and financial corporations, and the media have cooperated via public-private partnerships to deploy the most massive, globally harmonized psychological and propaganda operation in history. Over the last three years, people have been subjected to the most massive coordinated propaganda campaign in the history of the Western world. Western governments have turned military-grade psychological operation strategies, tactics, technologies, and capabilities developed for modern military combat against their own citizens. The world that many believed existed no longer exists, if it ever did.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: In true fifth generation warfare, you do not know who your opponent is. Example, who is responsible for who's the puppet master behind the COVID crisis that we as we've experienced it. Who is it? Anybody here know? Was it Klaus?
No. There's something above Klaus. Was it Biden? Was it Tony Fauci? These are all surrogates.
Okay? You don't really know who is managing the message that has been propagated on you. That's fifth generation warfare. Over the last three years, western governments, nongovernmental organizations, transnational organizations, pharmaceutical industry corporations, media and financial corporations have cooperated via public private partnerships, which I assert is a euphemism for fascism, to deploy the most massive globally harmonized psychological and propaganda operation in the history of the world. Okay?
Over the last three years, you have been subjected to the most massive harmonized, globally coordinated propaganda campaign in the history of the Western world, full stop. With this campaign, the governments of many Western nation states have turned k. This is key. Military grade psychological operations strategies, tactics, technologies and capabilities developed for modern military combat against their own citizens. These are inconvenient facts.
The world that many of us believed existed no longer exists if it ever did.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
In fifth generation warfare, the opponent is unknown, such as the puppet master behind the COVID crisis. Western governments, NGOs, transnational organizations, pharmaceutical and financial corporations, and the media have cooperated via public-private partnerships to deploy the most massive, globally harmonized psychological and propaganda operation in history. Over the last three years, people have been subjected to the most massive, globally coordinated propaganda campaign in the history of the Western world. Western governments have turned military-grade psychological operations strategies, tactics, technologies, and capabilities developed for modern military combat against their own citizens. The world that many believed existed no longer exists, if it ever did.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: In true fifth generation warfare, you do not know who your opponent is. Example, who is responsible for who's the puppet master behind the COVID crisis that we as we've experienced it. Who is it? Anybody here know? Was it Klaus?
No. There's something above Klaus. Was it Biden? Was it Tony Fauci? These are all surrogates.
Okay? You don't really know who is managing the message that has been propagated on you. That's fifth generation warfare. Over the last three years, western governments, nongovernmental organizations, transnational organizations, pharmaceutical industry corporations, media and financial corporations have cooperated via public private partnerships, which I assert is a euphemism for fascism, to deploy the most massive globally harmonized psychological and propaganda operation in the history of the world. Okay?
Over the last three years, you have been subjected to the most massive harmonized, globally coordinated propaganda campaign in the history of the Western world, full stop. With this campaign, the governments of many Western nation states have turned k. This is key. Military grade psychological operations strategies, tactics, technologies and capabilities developed for modern military combat against their own citizens. These are inconvenient facts.
The world that many of us believed existed no longer exists if it ever did.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
In fifth generation warfare, the opponent is unknown, such as the puppet master behind the COVID crisis. Western governments, NGOs, transnational organizations, pharmaceutical and financial corporations, and the media have cooperated via public-private partnerships to deploy a massive, globally harmonized psychological and propaganda operation. Over the last three years, people have been subjected to the most massive coordinated propaganda campaign in the history of the Western world. Western governments have turned military-grade psychological operations strategies and technologies developed for combat against their own citizens. The world that many believed existed no longer exists.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: In true fifth generation warfare, you do not know who your opponent is. Example, who is responsible for who's the puppet master behind the COVID crisis that we as we've experienced it. Who is it? Anybody here know? Was it Klaus?
No. There's something above Klaus. Was it Biden? Was it Tony Fauci? These are all surrogates.
Okay? You don't really know who is managing the message that has been propagated on you. That's fifth generation warfare. Over the last three years, western governments, nongovernmental organizations, transnational organizations, pharmaceutical industry corporations, media and financial corporations have cooperated via public private partnerships, which I assert is a euphemism for fascism, to deploy the most massive globally harmonized psychological and propaganda operation in the history of the world. Okay?
Over the last three years, you have been subjected to the most massive harmonized, globally coordinated propaganda campaign in the history of the Western world, full stop. With this campaign, the governments of many Western nation states have turned k. This is key. Military grade psychological operations strategies, tactics, technologies and capabilities developed for modern military combat against their own citizens. These are inconvenient facts.
The world that many of us believed existed no longer exists if it ever did.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
The speaker suggests boredom is a self-perpetuating, unconscious form of brainwashing by a totalitarian government based on money, making people too asleep to resist. A Swedish physicist, Gustav Bjornstrand, avoids television, newspapers, and magazines, believing they contribute to an Orwellian nightmare that turns people into robots.
An 84-year-old English tree expert described New York as a new model for a concentration camp built by the inmates themselves, who act as both guards and prisoners, lobotomized and unable to leave or recognize their prison. He gave the speaker a pine tree seed and urged escape. The speaker feels like Jews in Germany in the late thirties and believes the whole world is heading in the same direction.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: But has it ever occurred to you, Wally, that the process that creates this boredom that we see in the world now may very well be a self perpetuating unconscious form of brainwashing created by a world totalitarian government based on money and that all of this is much more dangerous than one thinks? And it's not just a question of individual survival, Wally, but that somebody who's bored is asleep and somebody who's asleep will not say no. See, I keep meeting these people. I mean, just a few days ago, I met this man whom I greatly admire. He's a Swedish physicist, Gustav Bjornstrand.
And he told me that he no longer watches television, he doesn't read newspapers, and he doesn't read magazines. He's completely cut them out of his life because he really does feel that we're living in some kind of Orwellian nightmare now and that everything that you hear now contributes to turning you into a robot. And when I was at Findhorn, I met this extraordinary English tree expert who had devoted his life to saving trees. Just got back from Washington lobbying to save the redwoods. He's 84 years old.
He always travels with a backpack because he never knows where he's gonna be tomorrow. And when I met him at Findhorn, he said to me, where are you from? And I said, New York. He said, ah, New York. Yes.
That's a very interesting place. Do you know a lot of New Yorkers who keep talking about the fact that they want to leave but never do? And I said, oh, yes. And he said, why do you think they don't leave? I gave him different banal theories.
He said, oh, I don't think it's that way at all. He said, I think that New York is the new model for the new concentration camp where the camp has been built by the inmates themselves, and the inmates are the guards and they have this pride in this thing they built. They built their own prison and so they exist in a state of schizophrenia where they are both guards and prisoners. And as a result, they no longer have having been lobotomized the capacity to leave the prison they've made or to even see it as a prison. And then he went into his pocket and he took out a seed for a tree, and he said, this is a pine tree.
He put it in my hand, and he said, escape before it's too late. See, actually, for two or three years now, Chiquita and I have had this very unpleasant feeling that we really should get out. And we really feel like Jews in Germany in the late thirties. Get out of here. Of course, the problem is where to go because it seems quite obvious that the whole world is going in the same direction.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
The speaker claims the AIDS epidemic is the most horrible scandal and scam in history, drawing a parallel to the lies preceding World War II. They accuse members of the National Institutes of Health, specifically Gallo, Fauci, Hazeltine, and Essex, of genocide. The speaker invites them and Burroughs Welcome to sue, claiming they have proof in their book, Deadly Deception, that Burroughs Welcome is knowingly distributing a killer drug. They highlight Peter Duesberg, a virologist who put his career on the line, losing his laboratory and funding, to speak out.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: We're talking about probably the most horrible scandal and scam ever perpetrated not only in the name of science but in humanity and in all history. Today is December 7 and I was 12 years old when the attack on Pearl Harbor came and I remember World War II very well. And it's a very significant day today because I see an incredible parallel between what is going on in the so called AIDS epidemic and what happened in the years preceding and resulting in World War II. The great lie of Hitler. It's amazing.
I think he would envy the job being done by members of the National Institutes of Health and even the media, especially in this country. And I will put the lie to the individuals of the NIH, particularly Gallo and Fauci and Hazeltine and Essex and the rest of these scoundrels of the worst order. Criminals guilty of genocide, without a doubt. I invite them to take me to court. I wish Burroughs Welcome would take me to court because they have been putting out a killer drug knowingly.
Because in a court of law, I would have the opportunity to prove to provide the absolute proof and evidence as I have in my book, Deadly Deception. Now I'm not alone in what I'm doing here today. How does the press escape such obvious truths? Why would the finest virologist in the world, the most noted virologist, member of our National Academy of Sciences, Peter Duesberg, would he put his entire career on the line? What did he have to gain?
He's already lost his laboratory and his funding. We can't take away his professorship because he's tenured.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
The Pope's Swiss Guard in Rome symbolizes the Knights Templar protecting the Holy Father, connecting to international banking. The British flag, the Union Jack, reveals a history of betrayal linked to British banking fraternities and the Knights Templar's double-crossing. Switzerland's Knights Templar cross is why organizations like the American Red Cross exist today. The Red Cross is a Masonic Knights Templar organization that operates behind enemy lines. They can go behind enemy lines because they are the enemy.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: In Rome, the Pope has something called a Swiss guard. The Swiss guard represents the Knights Templars guarding the boss. The boss of Rome, the Holy Father, Knights Templars, international banking. You will see for the first time, it's very obvious, the British flag. It's called the Union Jack flag.
We've been double crossed. Double crossed goes back to British banking fraternities. The Knights Templars double crossing the whole world. Switzerland, very interesting place. Switzerland has the the Knights Templar cross.
That's why today, you have organizations called the American Red Cross. Wake up Red Cross. It's a cross of Saint George. It's a Masonic Knights Templar organization that operates behind enemy lines. And you say, oh, well, the the Red Cross can go behind enemy lines.
Of course, the Red Cross can go behind enemy lines. They are the enemy.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
Chemtrails contain barium salts, which are incredibly toxic, along with mycobacteria, viruses, and human plasma. I know this from my research and experience as a doctor at military bases where pilots sprayed chemtrails.
The primary reason for chemtrails, according to my NSA contacts, is to reflect sunlight and combat global warming. Additionally, there's strong evidence linking Morgellons to a silicon-based nanomachine life form that's not from Earth.
Furthermore, technology exists to convert the atmosphere into plasma for weather modification and geotectonic warfare. Systems like HARP, Gwen Towers, and the Iridium satellite network, combined with advancements from companies like Nokia, can track individuals, send signals directly to your DNA, affect your physiology, and even insert thoughts into your mind.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: And chemtrails, by the way, barium salts are in chemtrails. They are 10,000 times more toxic to your nervous system than lead. They contain mycobacteria, viruses, pseudomonas florensis bacteria, human plasma. Wonder what human plasma is doing in chemtrails. And this is not by conjecture.
I did a lot of research before I'd ever say this, but these chemtrails are nasty. And there's three reasons for chemtrails. The first is they, and I talked to my NSA buddies at Fort Carson, Peterson Air Force Base at Buckley, where I was actually their doctor taking care of the pilots flying and spraying the chemtrails. So I know it's real. If anybody says it's not real, they're full of it.
Okay? Because I'm a whistleblower on the inside. It's not open for discussion. And my NSA buddies told me, 95% of them told me they were up there trying to spray to reflect the sun out to stop global warming. So most of them are dumb enough to believe that garbage.
Okay? And also in the chemtrails, and there's a link directly that Jeff Ranch has found out, and I'm going to have Doctor. Steninger and Doctor. Carju on in about a week on my radio show. And I've done some investigations and there's very solid evidence now that Morgallons is caused by a silicon based nanomachine life form that does not originate on planet Earth.
Is that not interesting? This is a silicon based life form that is intelligent like bees or ants and it fights back. Conversion of the atmosphere to a plasma for weather modification, geotectonic warfare, scalar mine control technologies, the Woodpecker, which has been discovered back in the 1970s, HARP, the Tetris system in The United Kingdom, Gwen Towers in The United States, and the Iridium satellite system connected to the cell towers and the smart highways is all based on not only sending out a signal to track you, but Nokia, which is one of the leading cell companies, has figured out a new way to cut down the need for increasing amount of signal by three to five times as many cell phones in the signal area by beaming the signal directly to you. But they can also, besides the cell signal, they can actually send a bio coded signal to your DNA to affect your physiology and insert thoughts into your mind. And they have this technology today.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
BlackRock is on track to own almost everything. But who owns BlackRock?
reSee.it AI Summary
A user claimed that the Pfizer mRNA vaccine may cause cancer, citing recent gene sequencing of a colon tumor by Kevin McKernan, which allegedly matched the genetic sequence of the vaccine. This assertion raised significant concerns about the vaccine's safety.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
The Republican Party leaders in Brevard County are set to call for an immediate ban on mRNA COVID vaccines, viewing them as a biological weapon. The executive committee is expected to vote on this proposal shortly. If approved, they will urge state leaders to make it illegal to administer or receive these vaccines in Florida. Their four-page letter, which includes references, outlines the reasoning behind their stance.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: The vaccine turns out it's back in the news. Republican party leaders on the Space Coast are minutes away from officially calling on the governor and other state leaders to ban mRNA based COVID vaccines immediately. IT chief investigator Mike Magnolia has more on what exactly is going on. Mike. Good evening, everybody.
Well, in their own words, the leaders of Brevard County's GOP say that they believe the vaccines are a biological weapon. As you say, this is the executive committee of the party in Brevard. They haven't hit send on this letter yet, but that vote coming up at 6:30, and I'm told it's fairly likely going to pass. If it does, they're asking state leadership to make it illegal to give or to take MRNN vaccines in Florida. In this 4 page letter, complete with footnotes, Brevard County Republicans cite sources which led them to a stunning conclusion.
Here it is in their own words.
@Sandfort_ - Sandfort
@redpillb0t It appears that the Pfizer mRNA vaccine can cause cancer 🔥🔥🔥 When Kevin McKernan gene sequenced the colon tumor a few weeks ago and matched the genetic sequence to the Pfizer vaccine it’s freaking over. https://t.co/3zRzoStHnP
Video Transcript AI Summary
Kevin McKernan discovered DNA contamination in Pfizer vaccines, specifically the simian virus 40 (SV40) promoter, which is known to cause cancer. This finding has been supported by others in North Carolina, Canada, and Europe. The presence of SV40 is linked to an increase in cancer incidence and faster tumor growth, with reports of aggressive cancers appearing unexpectedly in individuals. For example, a 92-year-old woman developed large growths at her injection site, and another case involved a woman whose breast swelled after vaccination, leading to a breast cancer diagnosis. Data indicates a significant rise in lymph node and bone marrow cancers, suggesting a troubling connection to the vaccine.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: I get too technical and I'm not a biologist. You know, when Kevin McKernan gene sequence the the tumor, the colon tumor a few weeks ago and matched the genetic sequence to the Pfizer vaccine Oh. It's freaking over. It's it's over. I mean, you got it.
Speaker 1: Can you explain that? That's because I it's listed on my things to ask you about, the SV 4040 promoter that was discovered by McKernan et al. What what what what is this all about?
Speaker 0: Yeah. Well, it there's first of all, with the names, there there are two names. There's Kevin McCarron and Kevin McKernan, and they're different people. K. Very different people.
Speaker 1: And so Kevin McKernan McKernan.
Speaker 0: You said McKern McKernan. I don't know. You put I think you put 2 together. But McKernan. Kevin McKernan.
Okay? Yeah. He's the the chief science officer of Medicinal Genomics. His business is gene sequencing, psilocybin, and cannabis to make sure that there's no, you know, as for I don't wanna get into the, the fungal making sure there's no molds and stuff like that on the product, and and other reasons. But anyway, that's his business.
But he he used to run the Human Genome Project at MIT years ago, under Francis Collins, knows all those guys, was funded by the NIH. He knows the whole business. He's a PCR expert. So Kevin's the one who found the simian virus 40 promoter, which is a little plasmid. And again, I'm not a biologist.
I don't like talking about this stuff. I just I just do it to keep up. Right? Yep. Well, he found he found DNA contamination in the Pfizer vaccines.
Yep. This was corroborated by Philip Buchholz down in North Carolina and people in Canada and Europe. It is now known the s v 40 is in there. The s v 40 is known to be oncogenic, meaning it causes cancers. I wrote an article.
I also found out that it's it's it's also, cancers in general are angiogenic, meaning they create blood vessels to feed whatever tumors created as the cancer. But there are 2 aspects of the turbo cancer. 1 is the fact that the incidence rate of cancer is higher. There are more cancers in general in people, and there are more cancers in an individual person that are cause being caused. But a second thing is that they're growing much faster than they ever have.
Speaker 1: Yep.
Speaker 0: That's that's different. They haven't seen anything like this before where somebody gets, you've got 5 months to live. Oh, wait a minute. I'm sorry. It's 5 weeks now.
You know? You've got over
Speaker 1: and over again.
Speaker 0: My my uncle had 15 years. Oh, this will kill you in 15 years. Don't worry. You're 80. He was dead in 5 months.
And it it Everyone have
Speaker 1: the link. I'm looking at the live chat, And as you're talking, the it's I mean, story after story after story. I have multiple multiple anecdotal stories in my own life of cancers out of nowhere, aggressive, young people in
Speaker 0: So you can't?
Speaker 1: Average capacity. It's it's it's widely acknowledged. Unbelievable.
Speaker 0: But you can't grow something really fast without angiogenesis. You need a blood supply to it. It can't just absorb the nutrients from the surrounding tissue and grow that fast.
Speaker 1: Okay.
Speaker 0: And and yes, angiogenesis occurs in cancer anyway, but not to this rate. And I I showed that by showing, it's also occurring with lipomas, which are fatty tumors, which are benign. They're not malignant cancers. Those are also growing really fast and something called granulation tissue which occurs in wound repair. So granulation tissue is growing wicked fast, and I show a couple of really ugly pictures of, tissue popping out the injection sites on both deltoids.
92 year old woman, within 5 months, those things grew, 4 centimeters by 1 4 centimeters around and 1 centimeter thick on the outside of her arm. They grew out of a hole in her arms at the injection site to these massive tumors. They're not tumors that granulates. Unbelievable. And they were at the injection site.
Now what causes that? Okay? The s p forty is involved in angiogenesis as well as oncogenesis.
Speaker 1: I have a great friend. She's amazing. She lives in California. And I kid you not, she calls one of her breasts her COVID vaccine boob because I'm not kidding. She had cancer.
She got an inject she she got a COVID 19 injection, and her the on the site of the on the same side is the site of the injection in her arm, her entire breast swelled up, was swollen, distorted for many, many weeks, and she was diagnosed with breast cancer literally just a few weeks later. Had to have a mast double mastectomy, the whole thing. Thank god she's doing alright, and she has a great sense of humor. She calls it her COVID boob because that was the I I mean, it was so obvious to her that this this was clearly from and she doesn't get vaccines anymore.
Speaker 0: Did she first have did she first have lymphadenopathy? Yeah. Really sore, like, the lymph node under the armpit for
Speaker 1: exactly what happened. And then
Speaker 0: Well Yeah.
Speaker 1: Yeah. I don't know about the lymph. I know that she just said the entire the entire breast was, like, completely swollen and distorted. And then she went in and she was diagnosed with with, you know, breast cancer.
Speaker 0: There's no question. There's no question. And Kevin Kevin proved it. He gene sequenced it. It's it's from the vaccine.
And with the data I have so lymph node cancer is at 400% of normal in Massachusetts. That's the biggest one.
Speaker 1: And
Speaker 0: the other big one is bone marrow cancer. So but blood forming organs or your lymph nodes and your marrow, they they got attacked and they're dysregulated and they're producing wacky cells that multiply, basically.
Speaker 1: Horrific.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
The vaccine is back in the news as Republican leaders in Brevard County are set to call for an immediate ban on mRNA-based COVID vaccines. The Brevard GOP executive committee believes these vaccines are a biological weapon. They are expected to vote on a letter requesting state leaders to make it illegal to administer or receive mRNA vaccines in Florida. The letter, which includes citations, outlines their reasoning and is likely to pass during the upcoming vote.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: The vaccine turns out it's back in the news. Republican party leaders on the Space Coast are minutes away from officially calling on the governor and other state leaders to ban mRNA based COVID vaccines immediately. IT chief investigator Mike Magnolia has more on what exactly is going on. Mike. Good evening, everybody.
Well, in their own words, the leaders of Brevard County's GOP say that they believe the vaccines are a biological weapon. As you say, this is the executive committee of the party in Brevard. They haven't hit send on this letter yet, but that vote coming up at 6:30, and I'm told it's fairly likely going to pass. If it does, they're asking state leadership to make it illegal to give or to take MRNN vaccines in Florida. In this 4 page letter, complete with footnotes, Brevard County Republicans cite sources which led them to a stunning conclusion.
Here it is in their own words.
@someonesom47381 - someone somewhere
@redpillb0t https://t.co/fXGAIkzuYC
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
The vaccine is back in the news as Republican leaders in Brevard County are set to call for an immediate ban on mRNA COVID vaccines. The executive committee believes these vaccines are a biological weapon. They are expected to vote on a letter asking state leaders to make it illegal to administer or receive mRNA vaccines in Florida. The four-page letter includes citations that support their claims, and the vote is anticipated to pass.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: The vaccine turns out it's back in the news. Republican party leaders on the Space Coast are minutes away from officially calling on the governor and other state leaders to ban mRNA based COVID vaccines immediately. IT chief investigator Mike Magnolia has more on what exactly is going on. Mike. Good evening, everybody.
Well, in their own words, the leaders of Brevard County's GOP say that they believe the vaccines are a biological weapon. As you say, this is the executive committee of the party in Brevard. They haven't hit send on this letter yet, but that vote coming up at 6:30, and I'm told it's fairly likely going to pass. If it does, they're asking state leadership to make it illegal to give or to take MRNN vaccines in Florida. In this 4 page letter, complete with footnotes, Brevard County Republicans cite sources which led them to a stunning conclusion.
Here it is in their own words.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
A study in Israel found that individuals who received two vaccine doses were 27 times more likely to get reinfected, indicating that vaccines do not effectively stop infection or transmission. Research from England, Scotland, and northern Europe shows that those who are triple vaccinated may have a higher risk of death. In contrast, natural immunity is shown to be long-lasting and robust, with evidence from SARS CoV-1 patients who retained immunity for 18 years. Therefore, natural immunity should be legally recognized as at least equal to vaccinated immunity, and it is likely to be lifelong.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: 1,000 people in the study in Israel, just so you know, that showed that the double vaxx were 27 times more likely to get reinfected. So it's not the vaccine, even if we just talk about that, is not stopping infection, it's not stopping transmission. If you look at the studies in England, in Scotland, in the northern countries in Europe, where they get real data, that they're actually the triple vaccinated, the most likely to die. So bottom line is that as we go forward, the natural immunity is long, broad and durable. And I don't know if you mentioned it, but we have SARS CoV-one patients who still had immunity 18 years later.
Let that sink in. 18 years later, we still had immunity from SARS CoV-one to SARS CoV-two. This is long broad durable immunity. So what I want to say in closing is natural immunity should be considered legally to be at least equal to vaccinated immunity and immunity is likely lifelong. Thank you.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
Examine the letter "m" closely; there's a gap that never connects. In Hebrew, the letter "vav" represents the number 6, suggesting a connection to 666 on the Monster energy drink can. The "o" in "monster" resembles a cross, raising questions about its Christian affiliations. However, the acronym "BFC" on the can refers to a vulgar term, indicating it's not a Christian brand. The presence of "MILF" on the packaging further supports this. The cross symbol could imply an Antichrist message, linking to biblical references about the beast. The prevalence of the "m" logo in various merchandise suggests a hidden agenda. Even if the "m" isn't significant, the cross remains undeniable. This highlights how subtle influences can infiltrate Christian lives, emphasizing the need for awareness.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Look at your m closely. There's a gap right here in the letter m. It's never connected. So you go into Hebrew. The letter vav is also the number 6, Short top, long tail.
Short top, long tail. You could have here in Hebrew 666 on the can. But my interest is the word monster. What do you see in the o? There's a cross.
Okay. What has Christ got to do with an energy drink, let alone the name monster? So I thought, well, maybe this is a Christian company then. BFC at the bottom of the can. Do you know what that stands for?
What? That's the f word. They the f word. Can. In fact, they write it on the side of the can, so I know that's the f word.
Okay. Now do you know what a MILF is? Yes. That's on the box. MILFs, dig it, and you will swim.
This is not a Christian company at all, so why would they have the cross on the can? Here is the message. Antichrist. 666 in Hebrew, and then the bible talks about the beast in Revelation. And look at monsters and this is the story.
You see these m's everywhere. Hats, t shirts, pamper stickers. Is there another agenda here? If god can use people in product, so can Satan. And look at it this way.
Even if the m was not the issue, you cannot deny that that is a cross. And what is witchcraft? When the cross goes upside down, bottoms up, and the devil laughs. Something to think about. Wow.
This is how clever Satan is and how he gets into the Christian home and a Christian's life, and it breaks God's heart. Jesus said, my people perish for lack of knowledge. Wow. That's awesome. So I've never even seen that.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
Former state senator Nancy Schafer and her husband Bruce were found dead, raising concerns about the dangers posed by child protective services (CPS) across the nation. Investigators are at their northeast Georgia home searching for clues regarding their sudden deaths, which appear to be a murder-suicide. Schafer expressed strong beliefs that CPS operates as a protective empire focused on separating families, suggesting that the destruction of the family unit is part of a larger agenda. She argued that the only solution may be to completely dismantle CPS and rebuild it with pro-family values.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Former state senator Nancy Schafer and her husband Bruce were found dead today. I am convinced without a shadow of a doubt that our the parents across this country need to be warned of the dangers of the child protective services nationwide.
Speaker 1: Tonight, GBI crime scene investigators are at her northeast Georgia home.
Speaker 0: Department of Child Protective Services has become a protected empire.
Speaker 1: They're searching for clues that might tell them
Speaker 0: It's built on taking children and separating families.
Speaker 1: What led to the sudden and violent deaths of miss Schaeffer and her husband?
Speaker 0: The family is going to have to be destroyed in order for the, one world government to completely develop. Preliminary looks to be a murder suicide. Children are being taken away from their parents, in a ruthless kind of behavior. How do you tame child protective service? It may be only by closing it complete and starting over at the beginning with Pro Family Values.
@redpillb0t - redpillbot
Video Transcript AI Summary
Synthetic molecules do not serve living beings. Medicines, by definition, contain synthetic molecules that are registered and patented. This multi-billion dollar industry is perceived as intentionally harming humanity through these synthetic substances, which are linked to diseases like cancer and AIDS. There are claims that this is part of a larger agenda for population control, targeting vulnerable populations, particularly in Africa. Furthermore, it seems that health and regulatory agencies may be complicit in this agenda, acting against the interests of the public. This situation is described as a systemic poisoning rather than a traditional war, with chemical warfare being waged against everyone.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: One question for me. Where does any synthetic molecules serve the living?
Speaker 1: They don't.
Speaker 0: Right.
Speaker 1: I mean, none.
Speaker 0: And am I right in suggesting that a medicine by definition is something which contains synthetic molecules, something that is registered, patented and put into the market as a medicine?
Speaker 1: Absolutely.
Speaker 0: Right. So what I'm learning from you, Doctor. Young, is that a $1,000,000,000 enterprise, is at work amongst us, decimating, culling the human family. Intentionally. Intentionally using synthetic molecules which by design are cancer AIDS, all of the
Speaker 1: Yes, so for the purpose of sterilization and population control, there's too many people on the planet we need to get rid of in the words of Bill Gates at least 3,000,000,000 people need to die. So we'll just start off in Africa, we'll start doing our research there and we'll eliminate most of the Africans because they're deplorable, they're worthless, they're not part of this world economy. So they have their rights taken away and they're suppressed and they're experimented.
Speaker 0: And the multilateral agencies and the health and regulatory so called authorities and agencies appear in the main to have become weaponized and appear I again use the word appear advisedly. We're not casting judgments here. We're taking depositions listening to expert testimonies appear to be weaponized and appear to be working in collusion against the living men and women of the soil. Is that a fair statement?
Speaker 1: It is. It's not a bacterial war. It's a systemic poisoning war, and they're using chemical warfare against all of us.